aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/keyboards
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'keyboards')
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.c201
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.md95
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.c200
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.md92
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.c242
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.md135
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.c409
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.h94
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.md364
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.c209
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.md100
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.c243
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.h63
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.md132
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.c203
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.md95
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/config.h48
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/keymap.c1754
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/minifan_config_compact.h102
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/readme.md1198
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/rules.mk19
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/todo.md34
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.c2272
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.h44
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_weurope.h288
-rw-r--r--keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/user_config.h721
26 files changed, 9357 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d4fe34826
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.c
@@ -0,0 +1,201 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
26// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
27// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
28
29
30 /* Redefine a layer in this file
31 *
32 * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer
33 * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use
34 * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for
35 * your new layer.
36 */
37// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
38// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA
39// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
40// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
41// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
42// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
43// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
44
45 /* ⬇ */
46
47 /* Layer _..._BASE: Qwerty, normal BASE layer and 'default' layer
48 *
49 * - Dual use keys create a delay in the key (tap/hold keys), therefore
50 * space is not dual use (most ued key), neither is hyphen.
51 */
52
53// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
54# if defined(BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE)
55 [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
56# elif defined(BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE)
57 [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
58# endif
59
60/*
61 Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Colemak, except backspace/tab
62 | Right hand
63 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
64 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
65 Esc qQ wW fF pP gG | jJ lL uU yY ;: Bksp
66 Tab+LCtl aA rR sS tT dD | hH nN eE iI oO '"
67 LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | kK mM ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN
68 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
69 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR
71 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
72 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
73 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
74 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
75 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
76 (RGUI) (_MOV)
77
78 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
79 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
80 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
81 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
82 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
83 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
84 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
85 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
86*/
87//
88// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> ,
89// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
90 KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_W , KC_F , KC_P , KC_G , KC_J , KC_L , KC_U , KC_Y , KC_SCLN , KC_BSPC ,
91 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_R , KC_S , KC_T , KC_D , KC_H , KC_N , KC_E , KC_I , KC_O , KC_QUOT ,
92 CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_C , KC_V , KC_B , KC_K , KC_M , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_SLSH , CHOLTAP_RSHFT ,
93// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
94 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
95
96# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
97 , MO ( _PAD )
98# endif
99
100# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
101 , MORE_key1_BASE
102# endif
103
104# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY
105 , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE
106# else
107 , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD
108# endif
109 , LT__MOV__KC_ENT
110
111# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
112 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
113# endif
114
115 , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
116
117# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
118 , MO ( _FUN )
119# endif
120
121# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
122 , MORE_key2
123# endif
124
125 , CHOLTAP_LAYR
126// , , , <|,> , , ,
127// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
128
129 ),
130
131 /* ⬆⬇ */
132
133 /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols, to work with the Colemak base layer above (unchanged from Qwerty).
134 * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab).
135 */
136 // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019).
137
138// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
139# if defined(BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE)
140 [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
141# elif defined(BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE)
142 [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
143# endif
144
145/*
146 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Colemak layer _..._BASE
147
148 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
149 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
150 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
151 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
152 -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~
153 ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY
154 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
155 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt
156 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE
157 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
158 ^ ^
159 (RGUI) (_MOV)
160*/
161//
162//
163// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
164// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
165 CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL ,
166 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) ,
167 LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_MINS , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_UNDS , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) ,
168// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
169 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
170
171# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
172 , XXXXXXX
173# endif
174
175# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
176 , MORE_key1
177# endif
178
179 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
180
181# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
182 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
183# endif
184
185 , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
186
187# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
188 , XXXXXXX
189# endif
190
191# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
192 , MORE_key2
193# endif
194
195 , RALT_T ( KC_RGHT )
196// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , ,
197// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
198
199 ),
200
201 /* ⬆⬇ */
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1cafd7ddf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_colemak.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
1# Minifan layout
2
3Compiled for: Colemak
4=====================
5
6This file details the compile version `#define BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE, BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE`.
7This is a Colemak layout.
8
9Control follows Unix logic here (left/center), not Colemak Backspace.
10
11Colemak keymaps
12---------------
13
14──────────Colemak──────────────
15
16![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_colemak_ve.jpg)
17Layer: `..._BASE`
18
19![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_qwerty_vb.jpg)
20Layer: `..._NSY`
21
22──────────in common────────────
23
24(…)
25
26For more about the other layers, see ➡ ![readme.md](./readme.md) ⬅
27
28![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key, Colemak](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_colemak_2000_vh.jpg)
29
30Layers (text)
31=============
32
33 ───────────────Colemak────────────────
34 Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Colemak, except backspace/tab
35 | Right hand
36 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
37 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
38 Esc qQ wW fF pP gG | jJ lL uU yY ;: Bksp
39 Tab+LCtl aA rR sS tT dD | hH nN eE iI oO '"
40 LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | kK mM ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN
41 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
42 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
43 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR
44 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
45 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
46 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
47 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
48 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
49 (LGUI) (_MOV)
50
51 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
52 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
53 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
54 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
55 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
56 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
57 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
58 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
59
60Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus).
61It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the
62±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift.
63
64The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys.
65There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer.
66
67Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`.
68
69Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key
70(on <2) results in layer `_BON`.
71
72
73- - -
74
75
76 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). (Same as Qwerty numbers layer.)
77
78 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
79 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
80 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
81 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
82 -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~
83 ^^ ^ // Only differences with Dvorak version _DEF_NSY
84 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
85 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt
86 -*- <|> -*- u //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE
87 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
88 ^ ^
89 (LGUI) (_MOV)
90
91
92
93- - -
94
95
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..be9685632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.c
@@ -0,0 +1,200 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25
26// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
27// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
28// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
29
30 /* Redefine a layer in this file
31 *
32 * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer
33 * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use
34 * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for
35 * your new layer.
36 */
37// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
38// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA
39// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
40// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
41// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
42// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
43// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
44
45 /* ⬇ */
46
47 /* Layer _..._BASE: default BASE layer (Dvorak)
48 *
49 * - Dual use keys create a delay in the key (tap/hold keys), therefore
50 * space is not dual use (most used key), neither is hyphen.
51 */
52
53// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
54# if defined(BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE)
55 [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
56# elif defined(BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE)
57 [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
58# endif
59
60/*
61 Layer _..._BASE (LeTteRs, standard Dvorak)
62 | Right hand
63 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
64 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
65 Esc '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL Bksp
66 Tab+LCtl aA oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_
67 LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN
68 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
69 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR
71 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
72 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
73 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
74 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
75 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
76 … …
77
78 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
79 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
80 ³) 'South paw' hardware configuration
81 ⁴) 'Arrow' hardware configuration
82 ³ ⁴) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
83 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
84 ⁵) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
85 ⁶) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
86*/
87//
88// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd>, ring>, pink>, pink2> ,
89// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
90 KC_ESC , KC_QUOT , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_P , KC_Y , KC_F , KC_G , KC_C , KC_R , KC_L , KC_BSPC ,
91 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_O , KC_E , KC_U , KC_I , KC_D , KC_H , KC_T , KC_N , KC_S , KC_MINS ,
92 CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_SCLN , KC_Q , KC_J , KC_K , KC_X , KC_B , KC_M , KC_W , KC_V , KC_Z , CHOLTAP_RSHFT ,
93// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
94 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
95
96# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
97 , MO ( _PAD )
98# endif
99
100# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
101 , MORE_key1_BASE
102# endif
103
104# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY
105 , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE
106# else
107 , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD
108# endif
109
110 , LT__MOV__KC_ENT
111
112# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
113 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
114# endif
115
116 , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
117
118# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
119 , MO ( _FUN )
120# endif
121
122# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
123 , MORE_key2
124# endif
125
126 , CHOLTAP_LAYR
127// , , , <|,> , , ,
128// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
129
130 ),
131
132 /* ⬆⬇ */
133
134 /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols.
135 * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab).
136 */
137 // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019).
138
139// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
140# if defined(BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE)
141 [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
142# elif defined(BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE)
143 [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
144# endif
145
146/*
147 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols)
148
149 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
150 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
151 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
152 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
153 -+LSht [{ ]} /? \| =+ | + | ? { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~
154 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
155 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt
156 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE
157 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
158 … …
159*/
160//
161//
162// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
163// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
164 CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL ,
165 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) ,
166 LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_SLSH , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_QUES , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) ,
167// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
168 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
169
170# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
171 , TRANS_LEFT
172# endif
173
174# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
175 , MORE_key1
176# endif
177
178 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
179
180# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
181 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
182# endif
183 , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
184
185# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
186 , TRANS_RIGHT
187# endif
188
189# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
190 , MORE_key2
191# endif
192
193 , RALT_T ( KC_RIGHT )
194// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , ,
195// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
196
197 ),
198
199
200 /* ⬆⬇ */
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0dabcc7ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak.md
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
1# Minifan layout
2
3Compiled for: Dvorak
4====================
5
6This file details the compile version `#define BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE,
7BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE`. This is a Dvorak layout.
8
9Dvorak keymaps
10--------------
11
12──────────Dvorak───────────────
13
14![Minivan layout Image BASEdef-alt](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_dvorak_ve.jpg)
15Layer: `..._BASE`
16
17![Minivan layout Image NSYdef-alt](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_dvorak_vb.jpg)
18Layer: `..._NSY`
19
20──────────in common────────────
21
22(…)
23
24For more about the other layers, see ➡ ![readme.md](./readme.md) ⬅
25
26![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key, Dvorak](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_dvorak_2000_vh.jpg)
27
28Layers (text)
29=============
30
31 Layer _..._BASE (LeTteRs, standard Dvorak)
32 | Right hand
33 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
34 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
35 Esc '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL Bksp
36 Tab+LCtl aA oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_
37 LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN
38 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
39 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _DEF_NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _DEF_NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR
41 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
42 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
43 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
44 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
45 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
46 (LGUI) (_MOV)
47
48 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _DEF_NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
49 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
50 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
51 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
52 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
53 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
54 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
55 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
56
57Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus).
58It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the
59±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift.
60
61The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys.
62There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer.
63
64Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`.
65
66Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key
67(on <2) results in layer `_BON`.
68
69- - -
70
71 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols)
72
73 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
74 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
75 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
76 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
77 -+LSht [{ ]} /? \| =+ | + | ? { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~
78 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
79 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt
80 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE
81 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
82 ^ ^
83 (LGUI) (_MOV)
84
85- - -
86
87Key associations
88----------------
89Key placement associations between layers for Dvorak.
90
91![Minivan layout Image associations](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-relationships_dvorak_1500_vd.jpg)
92
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..78ad63ca6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.c
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25
26// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
27// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
28// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
29
30 /* Redefine a layer in this file
31 *
32 * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer
33 * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use
34 * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for
35 * your new layer.
36 *
37 */
38// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
39// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA
40// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
41// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
42// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
43// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
44// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
45
46 /* ⬆⬇ */
47
48 /* Layers _ALT_BASE, _ALT_NSY: Descramble basic layers if the computer itself is
49 * applying Dvorak remapping.
50 *
51 * When a computer is already set to Dvorak, connecting a
52 * keyboard which is natively Dvorak results in garbage.
53 * The computer side normal keycodes to Dvorak remapping goes
54 * on top of the wrong input, resulting in the following being
55 * effective:
56 *
57 * _DEF_BASE layer: |
58 * Esc - w v l f u i j p n Bspc
59 * Tab a r . g c e d y b o [
60 * Sht s ' h t q x m , k ; Sht
61 * Enter Space
62 * _DEF_NSY layer: |
63 * _DEF_BASE ! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) Bspc
64 * [ 1 2 3 4 5 \ ] z / = `
65 * Sht 0 9 8 7 6 | } Z ? + `
66 * Enter Space
67 *
68 * _ACC layer: |
69 * <just semi-random character strings>
70 *
71 * _DRA, _BON: same as _ACC: garbage.
72 *
73 * To solve this results in the strange layout given below.
74 * The result is close to a Qwerty layout. It will not be ideal
75 * for Qwerty typers because the symbols are not arranged that
76 * well.
77 */
78
79
80 /* Layer _ALT_BASE: Descrambled _DEF_BASE layer for a computer already set to Dvorak (see above).
81 * It is a copy of _DEF_BASE, with moved around stuff, and points to _ALT_NSY instead
82 * of _DEF_NSY, because that too has some descrambled symbols. The rest is the same.
83 *
84 */
85
86// This layout is only foreseen on ‛Alternate’.
87 [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
88
89/*
90 Layer _ALT_BASE (Dvorak descramble mode for letters, end result shown)
91 | Right hand
92 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
93 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
94 Esc '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL Bksp
95 Tab+LCtl aA oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_
96 LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN
97 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
98 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
99 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _ALT_NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _ALT_NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR
100 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
101 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
102 ┗━━━━━━━━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
103 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
104 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
105 (RGUI) (_MOV)
106
107 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _DEF_NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
108 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
109 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
110 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
111 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
112 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
113 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
114 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
115
116
117 _ALT_BASE input results in the same as _DEF_BASE with computer side Dvorak remapping. Only shown what changes:
118
119 '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL // row 4, result
120 oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_ // row 3, result
121 ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB wW vV zZ // row 2, result
122 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
123 _ALT_NSY _ALT_NSY // row 1, result
124
125 (Keys for 'aA', '\|' and 'mM' are the same in Dvorak and Qwerty.)
126
127 */
128//
129//
130// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, middle> , ring> , pink> , pink2> ,
131// -*- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , -!- ,
132 KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_W , KC_E , KC_R , KC_T , KC_Y , KC_U , KC_I , KC_O , KC_P , KC_BSPC ,
133 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_S , KC_D , KC_F , KC_G , KC_H , KC_J , KC_K , KC_L , KC_SCLN , KC_QUOT ,
134 CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_C , KC_V , KC_B , KC_N , KC_M , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_SLSH , CHOLTAP_RSHFT ,
135// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
136 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
137
138# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
139 , MO ( _PAD )
140# endif
141
142# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
143 , MORE_key1_BASE
144# endif
145
146# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY
147 , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE
148# else
149 , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD
150# endif
151
152 , LT__MOV__KC_ENT
153
154# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
155 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
156# endif
157
158 , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
159
160# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
161 , MO ( _FUN )
162# endif
163
164# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
165 , MORE_key2
166# endif
167
168 , CHOLTAP_LAYR
169// , , , <|,> , , ,
170// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
171
172 ),
173
174 /* ⬆⬇ */
175
176
177 /* Layer _ALT_NSY: Descrambled _DEF_NSY layer for a computer already set to Dvorak (see just above).
178 *
179 */
180 // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019).
181
182 [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
183
184/*
185 Layer _ALT_NSY (Dvorak descramble mode for numbers/symbols)
186
187 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
188 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
189 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
190 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
191 -+LSht -_ =+ [{ \| ]} | } | { _ + `~+RSht // row 2, raw
192 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
193 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt
194 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE
195 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
196 ^ ^
197 (RGUI) (_MOV)
198
199 _ALT_NSY input results in the same as _DEF_NSY with computer side Dvorak remapping. Only shown what changes:
200
201 [{ ]} /? =+ | + ? { } // row 2, result
202 */
203//
204// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
205// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , -*- , ,
206 CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL ,
207 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) ,
208 LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_MINS , KC_EQL , KC_LBRC , KC_BSLS , KC_RBRC , KC_RCBR , KC_PIPE , KC_LCBR , KC_UNDS , KC_PLUS , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) ,
209// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
210 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
211
212# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
213 , XXXXXXX
214# endif
215
216# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
217 , MORE_key1
218# endif
219
220 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
221
222# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
223 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
224# endif
225
226 , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
227
228# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
229 , XXXXXXX
230# endif
231
232# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
233 , MORE_key2
234# endif
235
236 , RALT_T ( KC_RIGHT )
237// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , ,
238// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
239
240 ),
241
242 /* ⬆⬇ */
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..74b69f7ed
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_dvorak_descramble.md
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
1# Minifan layout
2
3Compiled for: Dvorak²
4=====================
5
6This file details the compile version `#define BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE`
7which has a special version of Dvorak so that you can type Dvorak on a computer
8*already* set to do Dvorak layout re-mapping.
9
10This can be useful on for example a laptop, for which the build-in
11keyboard should to be in Dvorak.
12
13Dvorak² keymaps
14---------------
15
16──────────Dvorak───────────────
17
18![Minivan layout Image BASEdef-alt](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_dvorak_ve.jpg)
19Layer: `..._BASE`
20
21![Minivan layout Image NSYdef-alt](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_dvorak_vb.jpg)
22Layer: `..._NSY`
23
24──────────in common────────────
25
26(…)
27
28For more about the other layers, see ➡ ![readme.md](./readme.md) ⬅
29
30![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key, Dvorak](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_dvorak_2000_vh.jpg)
31
32Layers (text)
33=============
34
35 Layer _ALT_BASE (Dvorak descramble mode for letters)
36 | Right hand
37 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
38 -o- <|> ... // -o- BASE access
39 Esc '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL Bksp
40 Tab+LCtl aA oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_
41 LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN
42 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
43 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _ALT_NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _ALT_NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR
45 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
46 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
47 ┗━━━━━━━━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
48 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
49 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
50 (LGUI) (_MOV)
51
52 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _DEF_NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
53 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
54 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
55 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
56 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
57 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
58 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
59 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
60
61
62 This layer input results in the same as normal Dvorak if computer side Dvorak remapping is occuring.
63 Only shown what changes:
64
65 '" ,< .> pP yY | fF gG cC rR lL // row 4, result
66 oO eE uU iI | dD hH tT nN sS -_ // row 3, result
67 ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB wW vV zZ // row 2, result
68 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
69 _ALT_NSY _ALT_NSY // row 1, result
70
71 (Keys for 'aA', '\|' and 'mM' are the same in Dvorak and Qwerty.)
72
73- - -
74
75 Layer _ALT_NSY (Dvorak descramble mode for numbers-symbols)
76
77 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
78 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
79 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
80 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
81 -+LSht -_ =+ [{ \| ]} | } | { _ + `~+RSht // row 2, raw
82 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
83 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt
84 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE
85 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
86 ^ ^
87 (LGUI) (_MOV)
88
89 This layer input results in the same as regular Dvorak _..._NSY layer, if computer side Dvorak remapping
90 is occuring. Only shown what changes:
91
92 [{ ]} /? =+ | + ? { } // row 2, result
93
94- - -
95
96Special feature: 'Descramble' mode
97==================================
98
99![Minivan descramble Dvorak](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_descramble.jpg)
100
101 This is an option to take care of typing normally on a computer already
102 set to Dvorak ('descramble' mode.)
103
104 Activation: go to `_RAR` layer, than touch what is space bar on the BASE layer
105 (the key just right from the middle on the first row). This cycles through the modes.
106
107 ⮚ When the left led is white: normal mode.
108 ⮚ Right led white: full descramble mode (Linux descrambled Unicode input).
109 ⮚ Middle led white: half descramble mode, with normal Unicode input system.
110
111 With the middle led set to white, you can take advantage of a Unicode
112 input mode that works on your system, if it is the same when the
113 computer is set to Dvorak or not (see `_RAR` layer for Unicode input
114 encoding selection). This more or less means there is one more Unicode
115 encoding option than already standard in QMK: 'descrambled' version for
116 Linux (Shift-Control-U HEX) encoding, for use on a computer *already* set to
117 Dvorak.
118
119 To test it, (in Debian/Linux) go to a terminal in X and type (normal user)
120
121 > setxkbmap -layout us -variant dvorak
122
123 Undo:
124
125 > setxkbmap -layout us
126
127 Unicode on Windos operating system may require to install something special.
128
129
130Key associations
131----------------
132Key placement associations between layers for Dvorak.
133
134![Minivan layout Image associations](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-relationships_dvorak-descramble_1500_vd.jpg)
135
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b4dd5f3ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.c
@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25// See the user configuration file: ./base_numpad.h
26
27// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
28// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
29// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
30
31// This is moved into ./user_config.h, because global #defines are affected.
32//((#include "./base_numpad.h" // Pull in the user configuration))
33
34 /* ⬇ */
35
36 /* Layer _..._BASE: default BASE layer (Dvorak)
37 *
38 * This thing is different from the usual different letters arrangement.
39 * It is a numbers pad, one for the left hand, and one for the right
40 * hand. Both are as identical as possible. The use case is the same as
41 * a number pad keyboard: single handed numbers input.
42 *
43 * The number 5 is under the middle finger home row, as expected for blind
44 * number pad typing.
45 *
46 * The left/upper key, where normally BASE is located, is now OTHER_BASE.
47 * That switches the board to the ‛Default’ layout, which is effectively the
48 * same way as a return to BASE in the sense of BASE being the letters/layer
49 * switch layer. “Other Base” reached from the normal letters/layer-switching
50 * BASE layout will then turn the keyboard into these number pads layers.
51 *
52 * A modified Numbers&Symbols layer _NSY is still supplied with this Numbers
53 * Pad layout (as with other Base layers).
54 *
55 * The standard numbers pad layer _PAD also still exists. That one has the
56 * numbers arranged differently.
57 *
58 */
59
60// When putting this layer on ‛Default’, it produced undesired side effects:
61// • _RAR and _MOV hold keys on the ‛Alternate’ letters layer, failed to switch back.
62// • Parts of the Numbers Pad keys got activated through transparent layer switch keys on letters layer.
63// Since there is no use for Numpad on ‛Default’ Base anyway, this is simply not supported, which seems to solve the problem.
64
65
66# ifndef NUMPAD_BASE_SINGLE
67
68 [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
69
70/*
71 Layer _..._BASE (Number pad, square layout)
72
73 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
74 <|>
75 !AlterGo Bspc 7 8 9 - | Bspc 7 8 9 - Bspc //!AlterGo: to _DEF_BASE
76 = * 4 5 6 + | * 4 5 6 + =
77 _NSY¹ / 1 2 3 , | / 1 2 3 , _NSY¹
78 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
79 xxx 0 . Ent | NumL 0 . Ent
80 <|>
81 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
82 … | …²
83
84 Layer _..._BASE (Number pad, with NumLock off)
85
86 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2>
87 <|>
88 !AlterGo Bspc Home Up PgUp - | Bspc Home Up PgUp - Bspc //!AlterGo: to _DEF_BASE
89 = * Left 5 Right + | * Left 5 Right + = // modified 5
90 _NSY¹ / End Down PgDn , | / End Down PgDn , _NSY¹
91 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
92 xxx Ins Del Ent | NumL Ins Del Ent
93 <|>
94 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
95 … | …²
96
97 ₁) Toggle to the accompanying Super-Sub-Script (_NSY) layer.
98 ₂) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left.
99
100*/
101//
102// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <indx , <ind|, indx> , inde> , midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> ,
103// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
104 OTHER_BASE_GO , KC_BSPC , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC ,
105 KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_ASTERISK , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_ASTERISK , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_EQUAL ,
106 CTO_NUMS , KC_KP_SLASH , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_KP_SLASH , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_COMMA , CTO_NUMS ,
107// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
108 XXXXXXX
109
110# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
111 , TRANS_LEFT
112# endif
113
114# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
115 , MORE_key1 // Note anomaly, not MORE_key1_BASE: numpad is treated as a common layer here, because that is ± how it functions.
116# endif
117
118 , KC_KP_0 , KC_KP_DOT , KC_KP_ENTER
119
120# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
121 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
122# endif
123
124 , KC_NUMLOCK , KC_KP_0
125// ---⬇
126// Note anomaly: the additional 'arrow' hardware key is shifted one to the
127// left, compared to other Base layouts, and so is TRANS_RIGHT This is to
128// maintain 'window/command' key on the same key between layers.
129
130# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
131 , TRANS_RIGHT
132# endif
133
134# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
135
136 //, MORE_key2
137 , KC__YGUI
138
139// Note anomaly: not the usual configurable key (MORE_key2), but GUI. This
140// is because position has shifted already, and this GUI allows all the usual
141// keys on a 100% keyboard to be reached with all modifiers, including GUIs,
142// if 'command' hardware key is included. Unfortunately this causes a gap
143// in the numpad layout, but pressing GUI by itself in error will unlikely
144// produce serious mistakes. Maintaining similar keys between layers seems
145// more important. Since Numpad already is a navigation cluster, it seems
146// more important to allow all keys to be reachable with all modifiers,
147// including GUIs, than to have a quick switch over to the _MOV layer here.
148// Obviously it is fair enough to do this differently, but if someone needs a
149// Numpad + either GUI key combination, that could be a real problem without
150// GUIs here, whereas adding a _MOV switch is a matter of convenience. It
151// seems important to be able to type anything a regular 100% keyboard can,
152// or as near to it as possible.
153//
154// These anomalies are the same for all the Numpad layers here.
155
156# endif
157// ---⬆
158 , KC_KP_DOT
159
160 , KC_KP_ENTER
161// , , , <|,> , , ,
162// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1>
163
164 ),
165
166 /* ⬆⬇ */
167
168 /* Layer _ALT_NSY: super-/sub-script numbers numpad, square layout
169 */
170
171 [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
172
173/*
174 Layer _..._BASE (super-/sub-script numbers, Numlock on/off)
175
176 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
177 <|>
178 BASE Bspc ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - | Bspc ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - Bspc
179 = * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + | * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + =
180 LSht / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , | / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , RSht
181 -*- <|> -*- //(toggle) Access on Base
182 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
183 xxx ⁰₀ .DEL Ent | xxx ⁰₀ .DEL Ent
184 <|>
185 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
186 … | …¹
187
188 ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left.
189
190*/
191//High/low numbers guide:
192//¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀
193//XP_DRA_BA XP_DRA_BB XP_DRA_BC XP_DRA_BD XP_DRA_BE XP_DRA_BF XP_DRA_BG XP_DRA_BH XP_DRA_BI XP_DRA_BJ
194//
195// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <indx , <ind|, indx> , inde> , midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> ,
196// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
197 CTO_BASE , KC_BSPC , XP_DRA_BG , XP_DRA_BH , XP_DRA_BI , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC , XP_DRA_BG , XP_DRA_BH , XP_DRA_BI , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC ,
198 KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_ASTERISK , XP_DRA_BD , XP_DRA_BE , XP_DRA_BF , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_ASTERISK , XP_DRA_BD , XP_DRA_BE , XP_DRA_BF , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_EQUAL ,
199 KC_LSFT , KC_KP_SLASH , XP_DRA_BA , XP_DRA_BB , XP_DRA_BC , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_KP_SLASH , XP_DRA_BA , XP_DRA_BB , XP_DRA_BC , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_RSFT ,
200// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
201 XXXXXXX
202
203# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
204 , TRANS_LEFT
205# endif
206
207# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
208 , MORE_key1
209# endif
210
211 , XP_DRA_BJ , KC_KP_DOT , KC_KP_ENTER
212
213# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
214 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
215# endif
216
217 , XXXXXXX , XP_DRA_BJ
218
219// See comment on the first layout in this file (double handed Base layer), about the next few keys:
220// ---⬇
221
222# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
223 , TRANS_RIGHT
224# endif
225
226# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
227 //, MORE_key2
228 , KC__YGUI
229# endif
230// ---⬆
231 , KC_KP_DOT
232
233 , KC_KP_ENTER
234// , , , <|,> , , ,
235// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1>
236
237 ),
238
239 /* ⬆⬇ */
240
241# else // NUMPAD_BASE_SINGLE is defined ====================================================================
242
243 [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
244
245/*
246
247 * Layer Numbers Pad on Base:
248 * « See also documentation in keymap.c at _PAD layer, of which this is almost entirely a copy »
249 * One difference is the key to go to the _ALT_NSY layer (denoted “NUMS:” just below).
250 * The other difference is the key to switch to default Base and also immediately goes there
251 * (denoted “!AlterGo” here).
252
253 Layer _ALT_BASE (Number pad, with NumLock on)
254
255 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
256 <|>
257 !AlterGo NUMS: xxx xxx xxx xxx | = 7 8 9 - Bspc // NUMS: to ¹/₁
258 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * 4 5 6 + RCtl
259 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / 1 2 3 , RSht
260 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
261 LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL 0 . RAlt
262 <|>
263 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
264 … | …¹
265
266 Layer _ALT_BASE (Number pad, with NumLock off)
267
268 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2>
269 <|>
270 !AlterGo NUMS: xxx xxx xxx xxx | = Home Up PgUp - Bspc // NUMS: to ¹/₁
271 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * Left 5 Right + RCtl // modified 5
272 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / End Down PgDn , RSht
273 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
274 LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL Ins Del RAlt
275 <|>
276 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
277 … | …¹
278
279 ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left.
280
281*/
282
283//High/low numbers guide:
284//¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀
285//XP_DRA_BA XP_DRA_BB XP_DRA_BC XP_DRA_BD XP_DRA_BE XP_DRA_BF XP_DRA_BG XP_DRA_BH XP_DRA_BI XP_DRA_BJ
286//
287// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
288// , , , , , -*- <|,> , , , , , ,
289 OTHER_BASE_GO , CTO_NUMS , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC ,
290 KC_LCTL , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_ASTERISK , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_RCTL ,
291 KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_SLASH , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_RSFT ,
292// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
293 KC_LALT
294
295# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
296 , TRANS_LEFT
297# endif
298
299# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
300 , MORE_key1
301# endif
302
303 , KC_DEL , KC_TAB , KC_KP_ENTER
304
305# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
306 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
307# endif
308
309 , KC_NUMLOCK , KC_KP_0
310
311// See comment on the first layout in this file (double handed Base layer), about the next few keys:
312// ---⬇
313
314# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
315 , TRANS_RIGHT
316# endif
317
318# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
319 //, MORE_key2
320 , KC__YGUI
321# endif
322// ---⬆
323 , KC_KP_DOT
324
325 , KC_RALT
326// , , , <|,> , , ,
327// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1>
328
329 ),
330
331 /* ⬆⬇ */
332
333 [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
334
335/*
336
337 * Layer Numbers Pad on Base:
338 * This layer is the same as the above, except the numbers are in super-/sub-script.
339 *
340
341 Layer _ALT_NSY (Number pad, with NumLock on/off)
342
343 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
344 <|>
345 BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - Bspc
346 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + RCtl
347 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , RSht
348 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
349 LAlt Del Tab Ent | xxx ⁰₀ .DEL RAlt
350 <|>
351 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
352 … | …¹
353
354 ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left.
355
356*/
357
358//High/low numbers guide:
359//¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀
360//XP_DRA_BA XP_DRA_BB XP_DRA_BC XP_DRA_BD XP_DRA_BE XP_DRA_BF XP_DRA_BG XP_DRA_BH XP_DRA_BI XP_DRA_BJ
361//
362// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
363// , , , , , -*- <|,> , , , , , ,
364 CTO_BASE , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_EQUAL , XP_DRA_BG , XP_DRA_BH , XP_DRA_BI , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC ,
365 KC_LCTL , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_ASTERISK , XP_DRA_BD , XP_DRA_BE , XP_DRA_BF , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_RCTL ,
366 KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_SLASH , XP_DRA_BA , XP_DRA_BB , XP_DRA_BC , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_RSFT ,
367// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
368 KC_LALT
369
370# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
371 , TRANS_LEFT
372# endif
373
374# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
375 , MORE_key1
376# endif
377
378 , KC_DEL , KC_TAB , KC_KP_ENTER
379
380# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
381 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
382# endif
383
384 , XXXXXXX , XP_DRA_BJ
385
386// See comment on the first layout in this file (double handed Base layer), about the next few keys:
387// ---⬇
388
389# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
390 , TRANS_RIGHT
391# endif
392
393# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
394 //, MORE_key2
395 , KC__YGUI
396# endif
397// ---⬆
398 , KC_KP_DOT
399
400 , KC_RALT
401// , , , <|,> , , ,
402// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1>
403
404 ),
405
406# endif // NUMPAD_BASE_SINGLE
407
408 /* ⬆⬇ */
409
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..86baf95a5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.h
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25 /* ➡ Number pad Configuration ⬅
26 *
27 * This concerns this Base layer in the shape of a numerical key pad, not the numerical
28 * key pad layer which is part of the common layer system, which is defined and configured
29 * elsewhere (see ./user_config.h).
30 *
31 * _Activate_ the below to have a single keypad definition on this layer, for the right
32 * hand. Modifiers are also defined.
33 * _Remove_ the below to have two keypad definitions on this Base layer, one for each hand.
34 *
35 * In both cases, you can reach the accompanying number pad layer with the super-/sub-script
36 * numbers. For either option, there is a matching * super-/sub-script layer, which is
37 * automatically compiled with it.
38 */
39 #define NUMPAD_BASE_SINGLE // _Activate_ to resemble a one handed numerical keyboard, for right hand.
40 // _Remove_ to have two numerical key pads, side by side, one for each hand.
41 //
42 /* Tip: When in doubt it might be best to choose the single handed layer, because it
43 * resembles a regular keyboard more, and has modifier combinations.
44 */
45
46
47 /* ➡ Removing the numbers pad _PAD layer ⬅
48 *
49 * You may have no use for this common layer, if you have a numerical
50 * keypad on the Alternate Base already.
51 *
52 * While _PAD layer gives quick uncluttered access to Control, Shift and Alt
53 * to modify your pointer device input, the _MOV layer does the same. You
54 * end up with the same functionality, with or without _PAD, in this matter.
55 *
56 * This does precisely the same as REMOVE_PAD in ./user_config.h, but this
57 * setting here overrides any setting in ./user_config.h
58 */
59//#define REMOVES_PAD // _Activate_ to strip out the _PAD layer, _remove_ to have the _PAD layer.
60
61// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
62// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
63// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
64
65 /* Redefine a layer in this file
66 *
67 * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer
68 * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use
69 * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for
70 * your new layer.
71 */
72// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
73// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA
74// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
75// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
76// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
77// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
78// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
79
80
81// The below sets some things up based on the above #defines.
82
83// Stripping out _PAD layer, sets the #define used global configuration file ./user_config.h
84# ifdef REMOVES_PAD // this file
85# ifndef REMOVE_PAD // user_config.h
86# define REMOVE_PAD // removes _PAD layer
87# endif
88# endif
89// Inserting the _PAD layer, even if stripped in ./user_config.h
90# ifndef REMOVES_PAD // this file
91# ifdef REMOVE_PAD // user_config.h
92# undef REMOVE_PAD // activtaes _PAD layer
93# endif
94# endif
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..0ebe9a29d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_numpad.md
@@ -0,0 +1,364 @@
1# Minifan layout
2
3Compile options
4---------------
5
6In ![./base_numpad.h](./base_numpad.h) this base layout is configured.
7
8• Single numpad.
9
10This number pad choice only has a number pad for the right hand. The
11usual modifiers are in their expected places.
12
13The single numbers pad variation is also a compile option for the _common
14layer_ `_PAD`, albeit without a super/subscript auxilery layer.
15
16• Dual numpad.
17
18This numbers pad choice has a number pad for each hand. There are two
19number pads together on the keyboard at once.
20
21Numpad keymaps
22==============
23
24Single numpad
25-------------
26
27──────────Numpad───────────────
28
29![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_numpad_single_vd.jpg)
30Layer: `..._BASE`
31
32![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_numpad_single_vd.jpg)
33Layer: `..._NSY`
34
35──────────in common────────────
36
37The otherwise ‛common’ layers are not directly available in this special layout.
38You can still reach them as normal through your other Base layer.
39
40For more about the other layers, see ➡ ![readme.md](./readme.md) ⬅
41
42![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key, Numpad single](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_numpad_single_2000_vi.jpg)
43
44
45Layers (text)
46
47 Layer _ALT_BASE (Number pad, with NumLock on)
48
49 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
50 <|>
51 !AlterGo NUMS: xxx xxx xxx xxx | = 7 8 9 - Bspc // NUMS: to ¹/₁
52 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * 4 5 6 + RCtl
53 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / 1 2 3 , RSht
54 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
55 LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL 0 . RAlt
56 <|>
57 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
58 LGUI | RGUI¹
59
60 Layer _ALT_BASE (Number pad, with NumLock off)
61
62 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2>
63 <|>
64 !AlterGo NUMS: xxx xxx xxx xxx | = Home Up PgUp - Bspc // NUMS: to ¹/₁
65 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * Left 5 Right + RCtl // modified 5
66 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / End Down PgDn , RSht
67 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
68 LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL Ins Del RAlt
69 <|>
70 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
71 ^ | ^
72 LGUI | RGUI¹
73
74
75 ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left.
76
77- - -
78
79 Layer _ALT_NSY (Number pad, with NumLock on/off)
80
81 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
82 <|>
83 BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - Bspc
84 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + RCtl
85 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , RSht
86 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
87 LAlt Del Tab Ent | xxx ⁰₀ .DEL RAlt
88 <|>
89 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
90 ^ | ^
91 LGUI | RGUI¹
92
93 ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left.
94
95Dual numpad
96-----------
97
98![Minivan layout all](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_numpad_double_vg.jpg)
99
100──────────Numpad───────────────
101
102![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_numpad_double_vg.jpg)
103Layer: `..._BASE`
104
105![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_numpad_double_vd.jpg)
106Layer: `..._NSY`
107
108──────────in common────────────
109
110The otherwise ‛common’ layers are not directly available in this special layout.
111You can still reach them as normal through your other Base layer.
112
113For more about the other layers, see ➡ ![readme.md](./readme.md) ⬅
114
115![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key, Numpad double](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_numpad_double_2000_vi.jpg)
116
117
118Layers (text)
119
120 ───────────────Numpad────────────────
121
122 Layer _..._BASE (Number pad, square layout)
123
124 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
125 <|>
126 !AlterGo Bspc 7 8 9 - | Bspc 7 8 9 - Bspc //!AlterGo: to _DEF_BASE
127 = * 4 5 6 + | * 4 5 6 + =
128 _NSY¹ / 1 2 3 , | / 1 2 3 , _NSY¹
129 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
130 xxx 0 . Ent | NumL 0 . Ent
131 <|>
132 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
133 ^ | ^
134 LGUI | RGUI²
135
136 Layer _..._BASE (Number pad, with NumLock off)
137
138 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2>
139 <|>
140 !AlterGo Bspc Home Up PgUp - | Bspc Home Up PgUp - Bspc //!AlterGo: to _DEF_BASE
141 = * Left 5 Right + | * Left 5 Right + = // modified 5
142 _NSY¹ / End Down PgDn , | / End Down PgDn , _NSY¹
143 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
144 xxx Ins Del Ent | NumL Ins Del Ent
145 <|>
146 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
147 ^ | ^
148 LGUI | RGUI²
149
150 ₁) Toggle to the accompanying Super-Sub-Script (_NSY) layer.
151 ₂) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left.
152
153- - -
154
155 Layer _..._BASE (super-/sub-script numbers, Numlock on/off)
156
157 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
158 <|>
159 BASE Bspc ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - | Bspc ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ - Bspc
160 = * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + | * ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ + =
161 LSht / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , | / ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ , RSht
162 -*- <|> -*- //(toggle) Access on Base
163 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
164 xxx ⁰₀ .DEL Ent | xxx ⁰₀ .DEL Ent
165 <|>
166 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
167 ^ | ^
168 LGUI | RGUI¹
169
170 ₁) Note anomaly: additional hardware key ‛arrow’ shifted one to the left.
171
172
173Special Base layer Numpad
174=========================
175
176This is a layout resembling a “numbers pad”. A “numbers pad”
177is a separate square on a 100% sized keyboard, or separate keypad.
178
179Unlike more usual base layers choices, which typically contain a letters
180layout and access to all the common layers, this ‛Base’ layer is
181quite different. Once you have switched to it, you lack keys to access
182all ‛common’ layers.
183
184You can only switch back to your ‛regular’ base layer, or switch to a
185second form of the numbers pad. This second layer is called “auxilery”
186layer here, but technically it is the same thing as the numbers/symbols
187`_NSY` layer, which accompanies a letters layer like Qwerty or Dvorak.
188
189Use the top left key from the numbers pad layer, to switch back to the
190other ‛Base’ layer. This is also unique to this special ‛Base’ layer,
191but similar to the way the “common layers” switch back to Base.
192
193The other Base layer (once you are in this Number Pad layer) for most
194people will be a letters layer with Qwerty, Dvorak or some other layout
195on it, in which the keyboard will start up. To reach the numbers pad
196Base layer, use the key ‛Other Base’ on the `_RAR` layer.
197
198
199Led colors
200----------
201
202The led colors for this ‛Base’ layer are different from the usual. They show
203the state of the Numbers Lock, on or off. Colors are green/light-blue/blue to
204indicate Numbers Lock is off, which means the navigation cluster is active.
205Colors are blue/light-blue/green to indicate the Numbers Lock is on,
206meaning you can type numbers.
207
208This follows the same scheme as the `_PAD` layer, which in turn follows
209the logic of the `_NSY` (numbers/symbols) layer being blue, and the `_MOV`
210(movement/navigation) layer being green, in such a way that the left most
211led is the indicator thereof, following reading direction left to right. The
212brightness of the leds is diminished, to indicate the difference with `_PAD`
213layer (whether or not that layer is compiled).
214
215
216Auxilery numpad layer
217---------------------
218
219With the numbers pad layer comes a second layer, as is normal for
220all Base layer choices. This second layer is the same as the normal
221numbers pad, except the numbers are in super- ⁽¹²³⁾ or sub-script
222₍₁₂₃₎.
223
224The numbers on the second layer become subscript when Shift is pressed,
225otherwise they are in super-script. These super-/sub-script forms of the
226numbers Unicode (see the `_RAR` layer).
227
228This second form of numbers pad is reached from keys on the numbers pad
229Base layer. You can switch back to the regular numbers pad, with the
230upper/left key. Another key stroke from there on the upper/left key,
231will bring you back to what is likely your regular typing layer.
232
233
234Auxilery numpad layer led colors
235--------------------------------
236
237For the second layer that comes with it, with super-/sub-script numbers,
238the led colors are what they “normally” are (for other compile
239choices) for this layer (the ‛Alternate‛ Base accompanying layer,
240usually numbers/symbols): blue/blue/light-blue. There is no indication
241of Numbers Lock on this layer, although a few keys are altered by Numbers
242Lock (Dot/Delete ‛.’, and Enter).
243
244
245‛Arrow’ additional hardware key
246===============================
247
248Unlike with other layers: the optional ‛arrow’ hardware key on the
249right hand is not inserted between the last and second last keys on the
250right, and neither is it set to the configurable default value (toggle
251`_MOV` layer). Instead, this key is inserted one key over to the left,
252and it is set to GUI.
253
254The reason is that this GUI will line up with the GUI on the ‛Base’
255layer. If combined with the ‛command’ hardware key on the right, set
256to the other GUI, you can reach all Numbers Pad keys with all modifiers,
257including both GUIs.
258
259Another reason is that a typical use of the additional hardware
260key on the right (called ‛Arrow’) will by default lead to a navigation
261layer, however the Numbers Pad already has its own navigation. To add
262a toggle to `_MOV` would be a matter of convenience, whereas not being
263able to reach all Numbers Pad keys with either GUI could represent a
264serious problem.
265
266Downsides to this design are the loss of default ‛Arrow’ hardware key
267use on this layer, and a sort of gap of one key in the Numbers Pad layout.
268The downsides seem to be matters of style and convenience, whereas not
269being able to type whatever you can on a 100% keyboard could be a serious
270problem for someone (keyboard shortcuts mainly).
271
272There is no default solution to type everything with all modifiers
273including the GUIs, without adding the additional hardware key(s).
274Obviously it is possible to just stick a GUI on a free spot, but that
275makes things chaotic. Single pad Numbers Pad could be re-arranged to
276make room for GUI, which would loose more of its similarity to other
277keyboards.
278
279
280Numbers pads everywhere ?
281=========================
282
283Perhaps the amount of options for a numberical keypad are a bit overkill.
284It had to do with how it developed.
285
286For some overview of your options:
287
288 ① Common layer numerical keypad. Just another layer, like `_RAR`, `_BON`, etc.
289
290 1. You can have a numerical keypad in the _common layers._
291 2. You can also remove this layer entirely.
292
293 3. This “common layers” numbers pad is activated through the Base layer, on Left Shift tap.
294 4. Returns to ‛Default Base’ with upper/left key.
295
296 5. Variation of form: right hand square form, resembling a key pad on
297 other keyboards.
298 6. Variation of form: the numbers in a straight line, resembling the
299 `_NSY` layer and other layers.
300
301 ② A numerical keypad on the other ‛Base’ layer, in the dual layout system.
302
303 1. You can have a numerical keypad on the ‛Alternate Base’ position.
304 2. You can also put something different on ‛Alternate Base’, such as a
305 Colemak layout.
306
307 3. This layer is activated through the `_RAR` layer, by choosing ‛Other
308 Base’.
309 4. Returns to ‛Default Base’ with upper/left key, effectively the same as with
310 the common numerical keypad layer, and all other common layers.
311
312 5. Variation of form: right hand square form, resembling a key pad on
313 other keyboards.
314 6. Variation of form: dual handed square form, so you have a key pad for
315 each hand.
316
317 7. For all variation of form, there is an accompanying layer which is
318 the same, except the numbers are in Unicode super (unshifted) and
319 sub-script (shifted).
320
321Some examples:
322
323① As close to a 100% ‛regular’ keyboard as possible.
324
325 If you have no use for ‛Alternate Base’ with anything else, you could put
326 the single handed numerical keypad there, and remove the common `_PAD` layer
327 to have less mental clutter.
328
329 This makes accessing `_MOV` on Left Shift easier, you have modifiers with
330 the numerical keypad, and you have super/sub-script as well (although its use
331 is probably rather rare).
332
333② The predictable numbers typing option.
334
335 If you want ‛Alternate Base’ to have something else (or nothing
336 at all), keep the `_PAD` layer, and choose straight line numbers,
337 so that you don't have to learn a second way to type numbers, if you
338 ever have a need to type keypad numbers (which could be quite rare).
339
340 In this version, you are not envisioning the use of keypad navigation,
341 but rather use regular `_MOV` layer navigation. (This was the original
342 programming on the keyboard, before more options developed; it follows
343 the overall logic that the same or similar keys are in the same or
344 similar positions.)
345
346③ The everything option.
347
348 You could keep both `_PAD` with straight lined up numbers if you like typing
349 all numbers the same way, and also compile numpad single square on ‛Alternate
350 Base’ to have good access to a regular numerical keypad, should you ever need
351 it, and/or to have an easier to access navigation cluster there (easier than
352 navigation on the straight line numpad variation that is, where navigation
353 is difficult).
354
355④ The numerical keyboard specialist.
356
357 You could compile it for both hands, if you type so much on a numerical
358 keypad, that it is useful to be fast on it with either hand.
359
360 It will be harder to type on the double numerical keyboard with modifiers
361 (Shift, Control, Alt), but if you compile with the common numbers pad layer,
362 you can reach such combinations there. To keep things similar, you can compile
363 this common numbers pad layer with numbers in square form, rather than a straight
364 line.
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..472233073
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.c
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
26// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
27// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
28
29
30 /* Redefine a layer in this file
31 *
32 * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer
33 * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use
34 * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for
35 * your new layer.
36 */
37// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
38// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA
39// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
40// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
41// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
42// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
43// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
44
45 /* ⬇ */
46
47 /* Layer _..._BASE: Qwerty, normal BASE layer and 'default' layer
48 *
49 * - Dual use keys create a delay in the key (tap/hold keys), therefore
50 * space is not dual use (most ued key), neither is hyphen.
51 */
52
53// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
54# if defined(BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE)
55 [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
56# elif defined(BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE)
57 [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
58# endif
59
60/*
61 Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Qwerty
62 | Right hand
63 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
64 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
65 Esc qQ wW eE rR tT | yY uU iI oO pP Bksp
66 Tab+LCtl aA sS dD fF gG | hH jJ kK lL ;: '"
67 LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | nN mM ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN
68 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
69 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR
71 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
72 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
73 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
74 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
75 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
76 (RGUI) (_MOV)
77
78 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
79 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
80 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
81 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
82 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
83 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
84 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
85 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
86*/
87//
88// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> ,
89// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
90 KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_W , KC_E , KC_R , KC_T , KC_Y , KC_U , KC_I , KC_O , KC_P , KC_BSPC ,
91 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_S , KC_D , KC_F , KC_G , KC_H , KC_J , KC_K , KC_L , KC_SCLN , KC_QUOT ,
92 CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_C , KC_V , KC_B , KC_N , KC_M , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_SLSH , CHOLTAP_RSHFT ,
93// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
94 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
95
96# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
97 , MO ( _PAD )
98# endif
99
100# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
101 , MORE_key1_BASE
102# endif
103
104# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY
105 , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE
106# else
107 , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD
108# endif
109
110 , LT__MOV__KC_ENT
111
112# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
113 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
114# endif
115
116 , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
117
118# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
119 , MO ( _FUN )
120# endif
121
122# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
123 , MORE_key2
124# endif
125
126 , CHOLTAP_LAYR
127// , , , <|,> , , ,
128// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
129
130 ),
131
132 /* ⬆⬇ */
133
134 /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols, to work with the Qwerty base layer above.
135 * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab).
136 */
137 // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019).
138
139// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
140# if defined(BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE)
141 [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
142# elif defined(BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE)
143 [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
144# endif
145
146/*
147 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Qwerty layer _..._BASE
148
149 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
150 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
151 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
152 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
153 -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~
154 ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY
155 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
156 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt
157 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE
158 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
159 ^ ^
160 (RGUI) (_MOV)
161*/
162//
163//
164// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
165// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
166 CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL ,
167 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0
168// Harmonizes with ‛Qwerty Base Arrow’, so that if both are compiled, the user isn't
169// messing up this key on this Qwerty layout, which has to be different in the other Qwerty.
170# ifdef QWERTY_BASEARROW_HARMONIZE
171 , KC_SLSH , // Same as in ‛Qwerty Base Arrow’
172# else
173 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) , // Default
174# endif
175 LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_MINS , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_UNDS , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) ,
176// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
177 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
178
179# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
180 , XXXXXXX
181# endif
182
183# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
184 , MORE_key1
185# endif
186
187 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
188
189# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
190 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
191# endif
192
193 , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
194
195# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
196 , XXXXXXX
197# endif
198
199# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
200 , MORE_key2
201# endif
202
203 , RALT_T ( KC_RGHT )
204// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , ,
205// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
206
207 ),
208
209 /* ⬆⬇ */
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b140981ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty.md
@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
1# Minifan layout
2
3Compiled for: Qwerty
4====================
5
6This file details the compile version `#define BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE, BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE`.
7This is a Qwerty layout.
8
9Qwerty keymaps
10--------------
11
12──────────Qwerty───────────────
13
14![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_qwerty_ve.jpg)
15Layer: `..._BASE`
16
17![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_qwerty_vb.jpg)
18Layer: `..._NSY`
19
20──────────in common────────────
21
22(…)
23
24For more about the other layers, see ➡ ![readme.md](./readme.md) ⬅
25
26![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key, Qwerty](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_qwerty_2000_vh.jpg)
27
28Layers (text)
29=============
30
31 ───────────────Qwerty─────────────────
32
33 Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is standard Qwerty
34 | Right hand
35 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
36 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
37 Esc qQ wW eE rR tT | yY uU iI oO pP Bksp
38 Tab+LCtl aA sS dD fF gG | hH jJ kK lL ;: '"
39 LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | nN mM ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN
40 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
41 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
42 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _DEF_NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _DEF_NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR
43 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
44 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
45 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
46 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
47 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
48 (LGUI) (_MOV)
49
50 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _DEF_NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
51 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
52 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
53 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
54 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
55 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
56 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
57 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
58
59Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus).
60It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the
61±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift.
62
63The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys.
64There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer.
65
66Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`.
67
68Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key
69(on <2) results in layer `_BON`.
70
71
72- - -
73
74
75 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Qwerty layer _DEF_BASE
76
77 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
78 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
79 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
80 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
81 -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~
82 ^^ ^ // Only differences with Dvorak version _DEF_NSY
83 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
84 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt
85 -*- <|> -*- u //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE
86 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
87 ^ ^
88 (LGUI) (_MOV)
89
90
91
92- - -
93
94Key associations
95----------------
96Key placement associations between layers for Qwerty.
97
98![Minivan layout Image associations](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-relationships_qwerty_1500_vd.jpg)
99
100
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..10ef88b4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.c
@@ -0,0 +1,243 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
26// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
27// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
28
29
30 /* Redefine a layer in this file
31 *
32 * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer
33 * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use
34 * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for
35 * your new layer.
36 */
37// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
38// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA
39// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
40// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
41// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
42// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
43// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
44
45 /* ⬇ */
46
47 /* Layer _..._BASE: Qwerty with arrows on Base, normal BASE layer and 'default' layer
48 *
49 * - This version of Qwerty puts arrows on Base, and assumes the 'arrow' hardware key.
50 * When not compiled with 'arrow' hardware key, Base will not contain ‛down arrow’.
51 *
52 * This does not mean that this is the recommended version of Qwerty in general for
53 * the 'arrow' hardware key with Qwerty. Regular Qwerty works with the additional
54 * hardware key 'arrow'. The regular Qwerty compile option just works differently
55 * than this version with arrows on Base. Regular qwerty has the additional hardware
56 * key on the right be a toggle to _MOV layer, where you then have arrows in the same
57 * area. Notice further that in all cases, you have a hold key to the _MOV layer under
58 * what is colloqually known as the ‛left space bar’, which leads to convenient arrow
59 * keys in the home row.
60 *
61 * Putting directional arrow keys on the Base layer will cost you several keys on
62 * the Base layer: hold _RAR, GUI, and ‛/?’.
63 * • The ‛/?’ key is displaced to the _NSY layer.
64 * • The GUI key is lost. You could decide to also use the ‛south paw’/‛command’
65 * hardware key, which is a GUI by default.
66 * • Hold key to _RAR layer is lost. You can only reach _RAR layer, using the right
67 * shift toggle, which is on a short timer.
68 *
69 * My recommendation would be: see if you can make things work with regular Qwerty
70 * if you are a 10 fingers typist, first. Moving your hand to this arrow cluster
71 * seems to be a high cost to pay. You will also loose the default location for ‛/?’.
72 *
73 * For special need situations regarding this right hand row1/2 arrow cluster, a
74 * tap to _MOV layer on the ‛arrow’ hardware key, should be a reasonable cost to
75 * pay, if a situation is already important enough to decide to move your hand there.
76 * For short uses of arrow keys, holding to the _MOV layer is the most efficient.
77 *
78 * If you are not a 10 finger typist though, holding a key to _MOV layer seems to be
79 * inconvenient, and thus arrows on Base could be better for you.
80 *
81 * Hence my conclusion: only compile ‛Qwerty with arrows on Base’ if the regular
82 * Qwerty isn't working for you.
83 *
84 */
85
86// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
87# if defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE)
88 [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
89# elif defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE)
90 [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
91# endif
92
93/*
94 Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Qwerty with arrows on Base
95 | Right hand
96 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
97 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
98 Esc qQ wW eE rR tT | yY uU iI oO pP Bksp
99 Tab+LCtl aA sS dD fF gG | hH jJ kK lL ;: '"
100 LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | nN mM ,< .> Up RSht+_FUN
101 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
102 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
103 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) Left Right
104 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ // switch type
105 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
106 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
107 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
108 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
109 (RGUI) (Down)
110
111 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
112 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
113 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
114 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration. Set to Down Arrow.
115 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
116 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
117 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
118 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
119*/
120//
121// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> ,
122// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
123 KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_W , KC_E , KC_R , KC_T , KC_Y , KC_U , KC_I , KC_O , KC_P , KC_BSPC ,
124 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_S , KC_D , KC_F , KC_G , KC_H , KC_J , KC_K , KC_L , KC_SCLN , KC_QUOT ,
125 CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_C , KC_V , KC_B , KC_N , KC_M , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_UP , CHOLTAP_RSHFT ,
126 // KC_SLSH
127// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
128 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
129
130# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
131 , MO ( _PAD )
132# endif
133
134# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
135 , MORE_key1_BASE
136# endif
137
138# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY
139 , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE
140# else
141 , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD
142# endif
143
144 , LT__MOV__KC_ENT
145
146# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
147 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
148# endif
149
150 , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD
151
152# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
153 , MO ( _FUN )
154# endif
155
156 , KC_LEFT
157 // , KC__YGUI
158
159# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
160 , KC_DOWN
161 // , MORE_key2
162# endif
163
164 , KC_RIGHT
165 // , CHOLTAP_LAYR
166// , , , <|,> , , ,
167// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
168
169 ),
170
171 /* ⬆⬇ */
172
173 /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols, to work with the Qwerty base layer above.
174 * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab).
175 */
176 // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019).
177
178// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
179# if defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE)
180 [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
181# elif defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE)
182 [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
183# endif
184
185/*
186 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Qwerty layer _..._BASE
187
188 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
189 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
190 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
191 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) /?
192 -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht
193 ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY
194 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
195 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt
196 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE
197 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
198 ^ ^
199 (RGUI) (_MOV)
200*/
201//
202//
203// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
204// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
205 CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL ,
206 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , KC_SLSH , // Sacrificing RCTL, because these are major symbols, which seem to warrant being uncluttered.
207 // RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) ,
208 LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_MINS , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_UNDS , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_GRV ) , // ` and ~ are often on a diminutive key on mini keyboards, therefore not sacrificing this Shift key.
209 // RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) ,
210// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
211 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
212
213# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
214 , XXXXXXX
215# endif
216
217# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
218 , MORE_key1
219# endif
220
221 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
222
223# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
224 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
225# endif
226
227 , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
228
229# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
230 , XXXXXXX
231# endif
232
233# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
234 , MORE_key2
235# endif
236
237 , RALT_T ( KC_RGHT )
238// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , ,
239// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
240
241 ),
242
243 /* ⬆⬇ */
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bb5ab5ae2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2021 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25 /* • Harmonize regular Qwerty
26 *
27 * If compiling this ‛Qwerty Base Arrow’ base pair with regular Qwerty on
28 * the other base pair (dual layout), the key ‛/?’ is on a different key
29 * in these two layouts. This is bound to cause typing errors. With this
30 * option you can cause the regular Qwerty to also have a ‛/?’ in the same
31 * spot as ‛Qwerty Base Arrow’ has it, sacrificing Right Control/‛`~’ there.
32 *
33 * Regular Qwerty will still also have a ‛/?’ key in the normal Qwerty location.
34 *
35 * The key ‛`~’ can be reached through other means: just below on numbers &
36 * symbols _NSY layer, or on the bonus Unicode layer _BON (on the far left, home row).
37 * This is so by default, it remains unchanged.
38 */
39 #define QWERTY_BASEARROW_HARMONIZE // _Activate_ to harmonize the ‛/?’ key in the regular Qwerty layout.
40 // _Remove_ leave regular Qwerty layout unchanged from default.
41
42// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
43// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
44// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
45
46
47 /* Redefine a layer in this file
48 *
49 * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer
50 * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use
51 * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for
52 * your new layer.
53 */
54// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
55// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA
56// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
57// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
58// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
59// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
60// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
61
62 /* ⬇ */
63
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f90ba309c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_qwerty_basearrow.md
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
1# Minifan layout
2
3Compiled for: Qwerty with arrows on Base
4========================================
5
6This version of Qwerty puts arrows on Base, and assumes the 'arrow' hardware key.
7
8You have to manually set *#define `MORE_KEY__ARROW`* in `./user_config.h`,
9If not compiled with ‛Arrow’ hardware key, Base will not contain ‛Down arrow’.
10You do not have to worry about what to set the additional hardware key to, on
11the Base layer. This will be set to Down Arrow, to complete that arrow cluster.
12
13The option `QWERTY_BASEARROW_HARMONIZE` in `./base_qwerty_basearrow.h` is set
14by default, causing the key ‛/?’ in the _regular_ Qwerty layout to _also_ be
15located in the same spot as in this ‛Qwerty with Arrows on Base’ layout. See
16the header file `./base_qwerty_basearrow.h` for more details.
17
18
19Is arrows on Base efficient ?
20=============================
21
22This variation of Qwerty is not necessarily the recommended version of
23Qwerty for a board with the additional ‛Arrow’ hardware key.
24The regular Qwerty compile option can provide good arrow access.
25
26Putting directional arrow keys on the Base layer will cost you several
27keys on the Base layer: hold to layer `_RAR` (power, media, etc. layer),
28GUI, and ‛/?’.
29
30• The ‛/?’ key is displaced to the `_NSY` (numbers & symbols) layer, and is not
31 in the default spot for a Qwerty layout.
32
33• The GUI key is lost. You could decide to also use the ‛south paw’/‛command’
34 hardware key, which is a GUI by default.
35
36• Hold key to `_RAR` layer is lost. You can only reach `_RAR` layer using the
37 right shift toggle, which is on a short timer.
38
39
40Have it both ways
41=================
42
43You could compile regular Qwerty on one of the Base pairs (‛Default’ or
44‛Alternate’), and Qwerty _with Arrows on Base_ on the other. That way
45you can switch to see what works for you. You could leave it like
46that, and choose what you want depending on what you are doing.
47
48
49Qwerty keymaps
50--------------
51
52──────────Qwerty───────────────
53
54![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_qwerty_basearrow_va.jpg)
55Layer: `..._BASE`
56
57![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_qwerty_basearrow_va.jpg)
58Layer: `..._NSY`
59
60──────────in common────────────
61
62(…)
63
64For more about the other layers, see ➡ ![readme.md](./readme.md) ⬅
65
66![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key, Qwerty arrows on Base](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_qwerty_basearrow_2000_vi.jpg)
67
68Layers (text)
69=============
70
71 ───────────────Qwerty─────────────────
72
73 Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Qwerty with arrows on Base
74 | Right hand
75 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
76 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
77 Esc qQ wW eE rR tT | yY uU iI oO pP Bksp
78 Tab+LCtl aA sS dD fF gG | hH jJ kK lL ;: '"
79 LSht+_PAD zZ xX cC vV bB | nN mM ,< .> Up RSht+_FUN
80 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
81 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
82 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) Left Right
83 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ // switch type
84 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
85 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
86 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
87 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
88 (RGUI) (Down)
89
90 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
91 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
92 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
93 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration. Set to Down Arrow.
94 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
95 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
96 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
97 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
98
99Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus).
100It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the
101±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift.
102
103The key with ';' (Del;`_ACC`) does not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys.
104There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`.
105
106Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`.
107
108Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key
109(on <2) results in layer `_BON`.
110
111
112- - -
113
114
115 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Qwerty layer _..._BASE
116
117 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
118 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
119 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
120 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) /?
121 -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht
122 ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY
123 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
124 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt
125 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE
126 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
127 ^ ^
128 (RGUI) (_MOV)
129
130
131
132- - -
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bc157d69e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.c
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2021 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
22// Configuration:
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24
25// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
26// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
27// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
28
29
30 /* Redefine a layer in this file
31 *
32 * _Activate_ one or more of the below BASESFILE_LAYER_..., to redefine the layer
33 * in this file. The version in ./keymap.c will be ignored. Keep in mind to use
34 * transparent keys (_______) for “hold” layer switch keys on the BASE map, for
35 * your new layer.
36 */
37// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
38// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA
39// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
40// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
41// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
42// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
43// #define BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
44
45 /* ⬇ */
46
47 /* Layer _..._BASE: Workman, normal BASE layer and 'default' layer
48 *
49 * - Dual use keys create a delay in the key (tap/hold keys), therefore
50 * space is not dual use (most ued key), neither is hyphen.
51 */
52
53// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
54# if defined(BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE)
55 [ _DEF_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
56# elif defined(BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE)
57 [ _ALT_BASE ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
58# endif
59
60/*
61 Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Workman
62 | Right hand
63 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
64 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
65 Esc qQ dD· rR· wW· bB· | jJ· fF· uU· pP· :;· Bksp
66 Tab+LCtl aA sS hH· tT· gG | yY· nN· eE· oO· iI· '"
67 LSht+_PAD zZ xX mM· cC· vV· | kK· lL· ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN
68 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
69 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
70 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR
71 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
72 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
73 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
74 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
75 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
76 (RGUI) (_MOV)
77
78 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
79 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
80 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
81 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
82 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
83 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
84 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
85 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
86 ₇) Letters marked by ‛·’ are different from Qwerty.
87*/
88//
89// <pink2 , <pink, <ring, <midd, <indx, <ind|, indx>, inde>, midd> , ring> , pink> , pink2> ,
90// -*!- , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
91 KC_ESC , KC_Q , KC_D , KC_R , KC_W , KC_B , KC_J , KC_F , KC_U , KC_P , KC_SCLN , KC_BSPC ,
92 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_A , KC_S , KC_H , KC_T , KC_G , KC_Y , KC_N , KC_E , KC_O , KC_I , KC_QUOT ,
93 CHOLTAP_LSHFT , KC_Z , KC_X , KC_M , KC_C , KC_V , KC_K , KC_L , KC_COMM , KC_DOT , KC_SLSH , CHOLTAP_RSHFT ,
94// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
95 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
96
97# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
98 , MO ( _PAD )
99# endif
100
101# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
102 , MORE_key1_BASE
103# endif
104
105# ifdef SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY
106 , DUO_HOLD , CHOLTAP_ACCE
107# else
108 , CHOLTAP_ACCE , DUO_HOLD
109# endif
110
111 , LT__MOV__KC_ENT
112
113# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
114 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
115# endif
116
117 , KC_SPC , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
118
119# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
120 , MO ( _FUN )
121# endif
122
123# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
124 , MORE_key2
125# endif
126
127 , CHOLTAP_LAYR
128// , , , <|,> , , ,
129// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
130
131 ),
132
133 /* ⬆⬇ */
134
135 /* Layer _..._NSY: Numbers and symbols, to work with the Workman base layer above. (Same as Qwerty.)
136 * Off hand Number input (-.Bksp ent (shft)tab).
137 */
138 // KC_TILD does not work there, because of a limitation with shifted keys (nov 2019).
139
140// Process user configuration wrt ‛Default’ or ‛Alternative’ spot for this layout.
141# if defined(BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE)
142 [ _DEF_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
143# elif defined(BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE)
144 [ _ALT_NSY ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
145# endif
146
147/*
148 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Workman layer _..._BASE
149
150 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
151 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
152 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
153 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
154 -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~
155 ^^ ^ // Only differences with normal version _..._NSY
156 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
157 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ LGUI Right+RAlt
158 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _..._BASE
159 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
160 ^ ^
161 (RGUI) (_MOV)
162*/
163//
164//
165// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
166// , -*- , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
167 CTO_BASE , KC_EXLM , KC_AT , KC_HASH , KC_DLR , KC_PERC , KC_CIRC , KC_AMPR , KC_ASTR , KC_LPRN , KC_RPRN , KC_DEL ,
168 LCTL_T ( KC_TAB ) , KC_1 , KC_2 , KC_3 , KC_4 , KC_5 , KC_6 , KC_7 , KC_8 , KC_9 , KC_0 , RCTL_T ( KC_GRV ) ,
169 LSFT_T ( KC_MINS ) , KC_LBRC , KC_RBRC , KC_MINS , KC_BSLS , KC_EQL , KC_PLUS , KC_PIPE , KC_UNDS , KC_LCBR , KC_RCBR , RSFT_T ( KC_TILD ) ,
170// ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
171 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
172
173# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
174 , XXXXXXX
175# endif
176
177# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
178 , MORE_key1
179# endif
180
181 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
182
183# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
184 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
185# endif
186
187 , KC_DOT , DUO_HOLD , KC__YGUI
188
189# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
190 , XXXXXXX
191# endif
192
193# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
194 , MORE_key2
195# endif
196
197 , RALT_T ( KC_RGHT )
198// , , -*- , <|,> , -*- , ,
199// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
200
201 ),
202
203 /* ⬆⬇ */
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66e7a21bb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/base_workman.md
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
1# Minifan layout
2
3Compiled for: Workman
4=====================
5
6This file details the compile version `#define BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE, BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE`.
7This is a Workman layout.
8
9The number & symbols layer (`_NSY`) is the same as for Qwerty.
10
11Workman keymaps
12---------------
13
14─────────Workman───────────────
15
16![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_workman_va.jpg)
17Layer: `..._BASE`
18
19![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_qwerty_vb.jpg)
20Layer: `..._NSY`
21
22──────────in common────────────
23
24(…)
25
26For more about the other layers, see ➡ ![readme.md](./readme.md) ⬅
27
28![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key, Workman](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_workman_2000_vh.jpg)
29
30Layers (text)
31=============
32
33 ───────────────Workman─────────────────
34
35 Layer _..._BASE (Letters). This is Workman
36 | Right hand
37 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
38 -o- <|> ... //-o- BASE access
39 Esc qQ dD rR wW bB | jJ fF uU pP :; Bksp
40 Tab+LCtl aA sS hH tT gG | yY nN eE oO iI '"
41 LSht+_PAD zZ xX mM cC vV | kK lL ,< .> /? RSht+_FUN
42 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
43 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
44 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) LGUI Right;_RAR
45 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
46 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
47 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
48 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
49 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
50 (RGUI) (_MOV)
51
52 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
53 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
54 ₃) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
55 ₄) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
56 ₃ ₄) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
57 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
58 ₅) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
59 ₆) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
60
61Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus).
62It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the
63±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`), using the layer toggle on left shift.
64
65The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys.
66There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer.
67
68Holding both `_DEF_NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`.
69
70Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_DEF_NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key
71(on <2) results in layer `_BON`.
72
73
74- - -
75
76
77 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols). This fits the above Workman layer _DEF_BASE
78
79 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
80 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
81 BASE ! @ # $ % | ^ & * ( ) Del
82 Tab+LCtl 1! 2@ 3# 4$ 5% | 6^ 7& 8* 9( 0) `~+RCtl
83 -+LSht [{ ]} -_ \| =+ | + | _ { } `~+RSht // limitation prevents ~
84 ^^ ^ // Only differences with Dvorak version _DEF_NSY
85 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
86 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt
87 -*- <|> -*- u //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE
88 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
89 ^ ^
90 (LGUI) (_MOV)
91
92
93
94- - -
95
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/config.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/config.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..eff0c2fa6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * © 2019,2020 by Jos Boersema
18 */
19
20
21#pragma once
22
23// place overrides here
24
25// Some defines meant to decrease the firmware size. The firmware is otherwise over the maximum (atmega32u4)
26# ifndef LINK_TIME_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE
27 //Disable old style macro handling: MACRO() & action_get_macro
28# define NO_ACTION_MACRO // This saves 320 bytes
29 //disable calling of action_function() from the fn_actions array (deprecated)
30# define NO_ACTION_FUNCTION // This saves 96 bytes
31# endif
32
33#define PERMISSIVE_HOLD
34#define RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING
35#define RGBLIGHT_SLEEP // QMK docs: "If defined, the RGB lighting will be switched off when the host goes to sleep"
36
37// Layer switch TT(layer) tapping amount to make it toggle
38#define TAPPING_TERM_HOLTAP 225 // 175 ms proved unreliable, 225 ms seems ok (personal preference)
39
40
41// Attempts to reduce firmware size:
42 //#define LINK_TIME_OPTIMIZATION_ENABLE // Did not decrease firmware size when tested on 26 Jan 2020
43 //#define NO_DEBUG //disable debugging (already defined)
44 //#define NO_PRINT JJdisable printing/debugging using hid_listen (already defined)
45 //#define NO_ACTION_LAYER //disable layers (obviously need layers)
46 //#define NO_ACTION_TAPPING // This saves 2516 bytes (9%) (keymap uses tapping)
47 //#define NO_ACTION_ONESHOT // This did not reduse firmware size on 26 Jan 2020
48
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/keymap.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/keymap.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..035cdfdb3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/keymap.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1754 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Authors: This QMK keymap file is a combination of the default
18 * keymap, led code original copied/edited from ../jetpacktuxedo, some
19 * copy/paste from QMK documentation code examples (etc).
20 * Remainder: © 2019, 2020, 2021 by Jos Boersema
21 */
22
23// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
24// Configuration:
25// --------------------------------------v---------------------------------------
26#include "./user_config.h" // Edit this file to set user preference compile options.
27// --------------------------------------^---------------------------------------
28
29
30
31 /* Configurable keymap for Minivan layouts 44, 45, 46 keys.
32 * May work for 12×12×12×[11-12] keys as well.
33 * Configuration in ./user_config.h
34 */
35
36 /* Overview of the code
37 *
38 * The base layers are in separate files;
39 * process_record_user(), unicode macros are defined in unicode_macros.c;
40 * accented characters are defined in unicode_weurope.h
41 *
42 * Unicode macros facilitate recomputing for re-computing the Dvorak with changed letters
43 * ('descramble'), and exist because space ran out for * XP(…).
44 *
45 * The led color code might be a bit hairy, due to speed/count middle led overlapping layer color.
46 *
47 * Preprocessor indentation: # always in column one, #includes and #defines
48 * are most to the left unless nested, except in the user configuration
49 * block where room is left for a ‛//’. Logical stuff (#if etc) is
50 * indented from column two, and then in each nesting goes 4 more spaces
51 * to the right, so in between the normal code indentations. There should
52 * be a newline above and below logical statements. This makes preprocessor
53 * statements stand out, while giving more information in each statement.
54 * C indentation: trying to follow QMK standard.
55 *
56 */
57
58
59#include QMK_KEYBOARD_H
60
61// Bit masks for the Base layers, to set them as Default, in order to make transparency look back to the right one.
62#define _DEF_BASE_MASK 0x1 // Some functions take a bit-mask, where layer 0 (zero) is called 0x1 instead.
63#define _ALT_BASE_MASK 0x2 // Some functions take a bit-mask, where layer 0 (zero) is called 0x1 instead.
64
65// Below #defines the internal order of the layers.
66// Notice this order in layer_state_set_user as well, regarding the led indicators.
67enum {
68 _DEF_BASE, // Default BASE layer (layer at startup). Typically the letters.
69
70# ifndef MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT
71
72 _ALT_BASE, // Alternative BASE layer.
73
74# endif
75
76 _DEF_NSY, // numbers and symbols
77
78# ifndef MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT
79
80 _ALT_NSY, // Alternate version of _DEF_NSY
81
82# endif
83
84 _MOV, // movement arrows and mouse
85 _RAR, // keys RARely used, Unicode config, Power keys, Media keys, alternate mode switch, speed/size count, …
86
87# ifndef REMOVE_PAD
88
89 _PAD, // Numbers pad. These are different versions of the same numbers, that is ‛1’ (_NSY) ≠ ‛1’ (_PAD).
90
91# endif
92
93# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
94
95 _ACC, // Accented letters
96
97# endif
98
99# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
100
101 _DRA, // Unusual symbols and whatever else
102
103# endif
104
105# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
106
107 _BON, // Bonus layer with more Unicode symbols
108
109# endif
110
111 _FUN, // function keys, layer switcher, given highest order precedence just in case
112} ;
113// The default and alternate base layers needs to have a low order
114// number, so that the other layers can be accessed on top of it.
115// Default Layer is set, according to active Base pair.
116
117// What BASE layer is active.
118enum {
119 _NORMAL_, // BASE layer is _DEF_BASE
120 _FULL_, // BASE layer is _ALT_BASE
121# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // not used with other keymaps
122 _HALF_, // BASE layer is _ALT_BASE For DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF keymap: does *not* re-compute letters in Unicode
123 // This is for different Unicode encodings than “Control+U+HEX” (Linux). It will go through what is set on _RAR
124# endif
125};
126// The mechanism is about what layer to return to, once needing to go back to the letters layer (BASE).
127
128# ifndef STARTUP_ALTERNATE // Startup with in default BASE, normal mode.
129short alternate = _NORMAL_;
130# else // Startup with alternate BASE active
131short alternate = _FULL_; //
132# endif
133
134//* Shift detection
135bool shift_ison = 0; // keep track of the state of shift (Capslock is ignored). There may be more elegant code for this in
136 // QMK (a function seems to do it?), but this is simple and keeps the issue isolated to this file.
137# define TRUE 1
138# define FALSE 0
139bool _fun_stay = FALSE; // for making _FUN layer not return to BASE after pressing an F-key
140bool leds_on; // toggle leds on/off
141
142# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF
143bool led_middle_on = TRUE; // Set to off later, if startup setting is off.
144# endif
145
146bool isolate_trigger = FALSE; // detects if _FUN layer move was pressed, and no other key (no normal use of Shift).
147bool capslock; // keeps track of capslock state
148bool numlock; // keeps track of numlock state
149layer_state_t state_recall; // We are calling the function set_led_colors_ from this file as well.
150// speed measuring
151bool speed_measure = SPEED_INIT_VALUE; // feature activated or not on startup
152uint32_t speed_counttime; // counts the time
153short speed_countdown = SPEED_COUNTDOWN; // countdown to next computation/effects
154int speed; // we store typing result (keys/second) to make reporting less stressful on user, as it doesn't run away after typing
155 // the value is recorded 10 times higher, to allow another digit of precision, needed to calculate Words-Per-Minute
156long int speed_batches = 0; // This counts how many batches of SPEED_COUNTDOWN have been added to wordcount_speed_add
157long int speed_add = 0; // This just adds the speed computed for every batch of SPEED_COUNTDOWN, also times 10 for precision
158// character and word counting, attempting to count the final text being written
159bool sizecount_measure = COUNT_INIT_VALUE; // feature activated or not on startup
160long int sizecount_blanks = 0; // This counts spaces/enters as a means of counting words, with manual substraction key
161long int sizecount_chars = 0; // This counts characters, substraction for delete/backspace
162bool sizecount_word; // remember if the last character was whitespace, so a second does not count a word
163bool sizecount_menu = FALSE; // menu mode for configuring sizecount led color & alert system for maximum size.
164long int sizecount_max = 0; // the maximum system for count, alert user about relative size/limit
165bool sizecount_max_type; // is size counting by word or by character
166#define SIZECOUNT_WORD 0 // The type of text size counting: words
167#define SIZECOUNT_CHAR 1 // " : characters
168
169/* This file contains mostly the Unicode and special macros.
170 It contains the function: process_record_user(...)
171 It has been isolated because the source file got long.
172 */
173#include "./unicode_macros.c"
174
175
176// Pre-existing function, run when the keyboard starts up.
177void keyboard_post_init_user (void) {
178
179# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
180
181// Set side leds on/off startup
182# ifdef STARTUP_SIDE_LEDS_OFF
183 leds_on = FALSE;
184# else
185 leds_on = TRUE;
186# endif
187
188 // Set up RGB effects on _only_ the first LED
189 rgblight_set_effect_range (1, 1); // Takes a range: 1st arg is start, 2nd how many
190 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_WHITE); // Startup color of keyboard.
191 // Set LED effects to breathing mode
192 rgblight_mode_noeeprom (RGBLIGHT_EFFECT_BREATHING + 2);
193
194 // Init the first and last LEDs to a static color.
195 setrgb (0, 0, 0, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led[0] is led 0
196 setrgb (0, 0, 0, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // 2nd led
197
198// The logic seems to be to establish the effect first, and then toggle it on/off.
199# ifdef STARTUP_MID_LED_OFF
200 rgblight_disable (); //
201# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF // This messes with led effect on/off, so we need to track the state of this setting now.
202 led_middle_on = FALSE;
203# endif
204# endif
205
206 isolate_rgblight_set ();
207
208# endif //RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
209
210// Set startup layer
211# ifdef STARTUP_ALTERNATE
212 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
213# else
214 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
215# endif
216
217 _fun_stay = TRUE; // startup with F-keys not returning to Base after stroke (_FUN)
218
219}
220
221
222// Writes a number as if typed on keyboard. Typically to show a speed/text size measurement.
223// If last argument is TRUE it prints a dot ‛.’ before the last digit
224int write_number (long int input, short divide10) {
225 long int step10;
226 short digit;
227 short start = FALSE;
228 short printed = 0;
229 char output[2];
230
231 output[1] = '\0';
232 if (0 > input) { // number is negative
233 send_string ("-"); // minus
234 printed++;
235 input *= -1; // turn positive
236 }
237 for (step10 = 1000000000; 0 != step10; step10 /= 10) { // assuming 32 bit, ± 10⁹
238 digit = input / step10;
239 input = input % step10;
240 if (!start) { // remove leading zeros
241 if ((0 != digit) || (1 == step10)) start = TRUE; // If all zeros, always print last zero.
242 }
243 if (divide10 && (1 == step10)) { // print with a dot before the last digit
244 send_string (".");
245 printed++;
246 }
247 if (start) { // print
248 output[0] = '0' + digit;
249 send_string (output);
250 printed++;
251 }
252 }
253 return printed;
254}
255
256
257// This function prevents the middle led from being altered by layer
258// switching (showing the layer color, that is), when another
259// functionality takes precedent over the middle led.
260void middle_led_control (short hsv_h, short hsv_s, short hsv_v ) {
261# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
262
263 if (FALSE == speed_measure) { // only touch middle led if no speed measuring going on
264 if ( ! ((TRUE == sizecount_measure) && (0 != sizecount_max)) ) { // only touch middle led if no text size
265 // counting set to a maximum is going on.
266
267 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (hsv_h, hsv_s, hsv_v); // set it
268 }
269 }
270
271# endif
272}
273
274
275// Set middle led color for speed system. Needed in various places.
276void speed_led (int speed) {
277# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
278
279 speed /= 10; // argument is in 10 times its value
280 if ( ! ((TRUE == sizecount_measure) && (0 != sizecount_max)) ) { // only touch middle led if no text size
281 // counting set to a maximum is going on.
282 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (SPEED_HUE_STEP * speed + SPEED_HUE_START, 255, 128); // full saturation, but half lit
283 rgblight_set (); // only center led is altered, no need to go through isolate_rgblight_set()
284 }
285
286# endif
287}
288
289
290// do this in one place to handle left/right leds being off here
291void isolate_rgblight_set () {
292# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
293
294 if (!leds_on) { // left/right leds are off
295 // overwrite previously colors
296 uint8_t led0r = 0; uint8_t led0g = 0; uint8_t led0b = 0;
297 uint8_t led2r = 0; uint8_t led2g = 0; uint8_t led2b = 0;
298 led0r = 0;
299 led0g = 0;
300 led0b = 0;
301 led2r = 0;
302 led2g = 0;
303 led2b = 0;
304 setrgb(led0r, led0g, led0b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led 0
305 setrgb(led2r, led2g, led2b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // Led 2
306 }
307 rgblight_set ();
308
309# endif
310}
311
312
313// _FUN layer leds.
314void indicate_fun_stay (void) {
315# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
316
317 uint8_t led0r = 0; uint8_t led0g = 0; uint8_t led0b = 0;
318 uint8_t led2r = 0; uint8_t led2g = 0; uint8_t led2b = 0;
319 // See also below under _FUN layer led
320 if (_fun_stay == TRUE) { // normal mode, 0 (100% normal)
321 led0r = 255; // red
322 led2r = 255; // Yellow
323 led2g = 50;
324 }else{
325 led0r = 255; // Yellow
326 led0g = 50; //
327 led2r = 255; // red
328 }
329 setrgb(led0r, led0g, led0b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led 0
330 setrgb(led2r, led2g, led2b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // Led 2
331 isolate_rgblight_set ();
332
333# endif //RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
334}
335
336
337// _RAR layer leds
338// It is a function because this is called when the Base layer OTHER_BASE key is pressed
339void indicate_base (void) {
340# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
341
342 uint8_t led0r = 0; uint8_t led0g = 0; uint8_t led0b = 0;
343 uint8_t led2r = 0; uint8_t led2g = 0; uint8_t led2b = 0;
344 // See also below under _FUN layer led
345 if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) { // normal mode, 0 (100% normal)
346 led0r = 255; // shine white left led
347 led0g = 255;
348 led0b = 255;
349 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_PURPLE); // This overrides the speed setting.
350 led2r = 100; // purple
351 led2b = 100;
352 }
353# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // not used with other keymaps
354 else if (_HALF_ == alternate) { // alternate mode, 1 (normal unicode)
355 led0r = 100; // purple
356 led0b = 100;
357 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_WHITE); // shine white middle led (still breathes)
358 led2r = 100; // purple
359 led2b = 100;
360 }
361# endif
362 else if (_FULL_ == alternate) { // alternate mode, 1 (recomputed unicode for DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE)
363 led0r = 100; // purple
364 led0b = 100;
365 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_PURPLE);
366 led2r = 255;// shine white right led
367 led2g = 255;
368 led2b = 255;
369 }
370 setrgb(led0r, led0g, led0b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led 0
371 setrgb(led2r, led2g, led2b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // Led 2
372 isolate_rgblight_set ();
373
374# endif //RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
375}
376
377
378// Sets led colors for all layers. Including Capslock/Numlock changes. See a computer side activated function for that too:
379// led_update_user (…)
380void set_led_colors_ (layer_state_t state) {
381# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
382
383 uint8_t led0r = 0; uint8_t led0g = 0; uint8_t led0b = 0;
384 uint8_t led2r = 0; uint8_t led2g = 0; uint8_t led2b = 0;
385 short color_ddl = 28 ;
386
387# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF
388 // Special case of switching centre led effect on/off
389 if (!layer_state_cmp (state, _DEF_BASE)) { // letters
390 //if (rgblight_is_enabled())
391 if (led_middle_on) { // Follows user setting based on _RAR key.
392 rgblight_enable_noeeprom (); // Would be easier if middle_led_control (…) could set brightness to dark, but seems to not work.
393 }
394 }
395# endif
396
397 // The order should be the reverse of the #defines of layer number of the layers on top
398 // because higher layer number is higher priority if activated
399 /* _DEF_BASE 0 _ALT_BASE 1 _DEF_NSY 2 _ALT_NSY 3 _MOV 4 _RAR 5 _PAD 6 _ACC 7 _DRA 8 _BON 9 _FUN 10 */
400 if (layer_state_cmp (state, _FUN)) { // F-keys, and layer toggles
401 middle_led_control (HSV_RED); // purple
402 indicate_fun_stay (); // Indicates state of _fun_stay, but only when it is being toggled.
403 return ; // indicate_fun_stay function already does it all.
404 }
405
406# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
407 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _BON)) { // Bonus layer with encircled numbers and more symbols
408 // side leds dark
409 middle_led_control (HSV_YELLOW);
410 }
411# endif // REMOVE_BON
412
413# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer
414 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _DRA)) { // Unicode drawings and unusual things
415 led0r = 255; // gold red
416 led0g = 128; //
417 led2r = 255; //
418 led2g = 128; //
419 middle_led_control( HSV_GOLDENROD );
420 }
421# endif // REMOVE_DRA
422
423# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer.
424 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _ACC)) { // Accented letters (Unicode input layer)
425 led0g = 150; // With some blue, because it is also a symbol
426 led0b = 100;
427 led2g = 150;
428 led2b = 100;
429 middle_led_control (HSV_TURQUOISE); // cyan
430 }
431# endif // REMOVE_ACC
432
433# ifndef REMOVE_PAD
434 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _PAD)) { // numbers pad layer
435 if (numlock) {
436 led0b = 255; // Blue for the numbers part
437 led2g = 255; // Green for the navigation part
438 }else{
439 led0g = 255; // reversed
440 led2b = 255; //
441 }
442 middle_led_control (60, 20, 100); // yellow (low saturation)
443 }
444# endif // REMOVE_PAD
445
446 //---
447 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _RAR)) { // layer with special keys
448 indicate_base (); // this function already does it all
449 return; //
450 }
451 //---
452 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _MOV)) { // movement layer
453 led0g = 255;// movement is green, "go forward"
454 led2g = 255;
455 middle_led_control(HSV_GREEN);
456 }
457 //--- (pair)
458 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _ALT_NSY)) { // alternate, numbers/symbols
459 led0b = 255; // first led follows the corresponding default layer: _DEF_NSY
460 led2r = color_ddl; // Same as DDL, to which it belongs.
461 led2g = color_ddl; //
462 led2b = color_ddl; //
463 middle_led_control (HSV_BLUE);
464 }
465 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _DEF_NSY)) { // symbols and numbers
466 led0b = 255; // blue for symbols, like ink (writing)
467 led2b = 255;
468 middle_led_control (HSV_BLUE);
469 }
470 //--- (pair)
471 // Alternate BASE layer (alternate)
472 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _ALT_BASE)) {
473
474# if !defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE) // Normal led colors for ‛regular’ base layers like Dvorak, Qwerty.
475
476 if (capslock) {
477 led2r = 255; // Brighter version to indicate capslock
478 led2g = 255; //
479 led2b = 255; //
480 } else {
481 led2r = color_ddl; // A bit of a white not too bright color on right
482 led2g = color_ddl; //
483 led2b = color_ddl; //
484 }
485
486# else // BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE: numpad on Alternate Base, which should show the state of NumLock
487
488 // This is a copy of the _PAD led colors, but less bright
489 if (numlock) {
490 led0b = 80; // Blue for the numbers part
491 led2g = 80; // Green for the navigation part
492 }else{
493 led0g = 80; // reversed
494 led2b = 80; //
495 }
496 middle_led_control (60, 20, 100); // yellow (low saturation)
497
498# endif
499
500 middle_led_control (HSV_TEAL); // seems to be the same as CYAN/AZURE, conflicts with _ACC
501 }
502 // Default layer (generally), normal BASE layer
503 else if (layer_state_cmp (state, _DEF_BASE)) { // letters
504
505# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF
506 led0r = 0; // All leds off when in Default Base
507 led0g = 0; //
508 led0b = 0; //
509 rgblight_disable_noeeprom ();
510# else
511 if (capslock) {
512 led0r = 255; // Brighter version to indicate capslock
513 led0g = 255; //
514 led0b = 255; //
515 } else {
516 led0r = 28; // A bit of a weak white color on left
517 led0g = 28; //
518 led0b = 28; //
519 }
520
521 middle_led_control (HSV_TEAL);
522# endif // LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF
523 }
524 //---
525
526 setrgb (led0r, led0g, led0b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[0]); // Led 0
527 setrgb (led2r, led2g, led2b, (LED_TYPE *)&led[2]); // Led 2
528
529 isolate_rgblight_set ();
530
531# endif //RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
532}
533
534// Pre-existing QMK function, called when NumLock/CapsLock key is pressed, including on another keyboard.
535// This function sets two booleans that keep track of the current capslock/numlock state, for use in layer led colors.
536bool led_update_user (led_t led_state) {
537
538 if (led_state.num_lock) { // This doesn't look at the keyboard leds or any other actual leds. It seems to look at whether
539 // or not the computer has numlock in the on/off state.
540 numlock = TRUE;
541 }else{
542 numlock = FALSE;
543 }
544 if (led_state.caps_lock) {
545 capslock = TRUE;
546 }else{
547 capslock = FALSE;
548 }
549 //layer_state_set_user
550 set_led_colors_ (state_recall); // Update leds
551 return true ;
552}
553
554
555// pre-existing function, called when layer changes
556layer_state_t layer_state_set_user (layer_state_t state) {
557
558 set_led_colors_ (state); // Update leds
559 state_recall = state; // Recall this, for calling set_led_colors_(…) on Num/Capslock changes in led_update_user(…)
560 return state;
561}
562
563// -------------------------------- layers --------------------------------
564
565const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
566
567
568/******************** What base layers to use: **************/
569
570// * Dvorak *
571# if defined(BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE)
572# include "./base_dvorak.c" // Regular Dvorak.
573# endif
574
575// * Dvorak descramble *
576# if defined(BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE) // only for ‛Alternate’ base
577# include "./base_dvorak_descramble.c" // Dvorak for when computer is already remapping to Dvorak.
578# endif
579
580// * Qwerty *
581# if defined(BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE)
582# include "./base_qwerty.c" // Regular Qwerty.
583# endif
584
585// * Qwerty arrows on Base *
586# if defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE)
587# include "./base_qwerty_basearrow.c" // Qwerty + arrows
588# endif
589
590// * Colemak *
591# if defined(BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE)
592# include "./base_colemak.c" // Regular Colemak.
593# endif
594
595// * Workman *
596# if defined(BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE)
597# include "./base_workman.c" // Regular Workman.
598# endif
599
600// * Numpad *
601# if defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE)
602# include "./base_numpad.c" // Numbers pad
603# endif
604
605// // ⬇ insert your ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c #include here:
606
607
608// * YOUR KEYMAP *
609// # if defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE)
610// # include "./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c" // Your Keymap.
611// # endif
612
613// If your keymap also has a ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h configuration/header file, #include it in ./user_config.h
614// Look for similar inclusions of base header files, similar to the #includes here.
615// You should be able to just copy what you did here, and only change “.c” into “.h”.
616
617// // ⬆
618
619
620 // See the ./bases_*.c file for definition of _DEF_BASE, _DEF_NSY, _ALT_BASE, _ALT_NSY layers, selected in ./user_config.h
621
622 /* ⬆⬇ (next layer) */
623
624
625# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined.
626
627 /* Layer _MOV: Movement layer: mouse and hands on navigation
628 * Also delete/backspace, to navigate and delete together.
629 */
630
631 [ _MOV ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
632
633/*
634 Layer _MOV (MOVement, mouse movement on right hand)
635
636 triangle layout (mouse right hand):
637
638 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
639 <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN
640 BASE PgDn Up PgUp Home Btn3 | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp
641 LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl
642 LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 Btn2 | Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 Btn5 xxx RSht //(toggle) on BASE
643 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
644 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn LGUI RAlt
645 -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE
646 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
647 … …
648
649 triangle layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster (difference marked _):
650
651 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
652 <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN
653 BASE PgDn Up PgUp Home Btn3 | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp
654 LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl
655 LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 Btn2 | Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 Btn5 _Up_ RSht //(toggle) on BASE
656 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
657 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn _Left__Down__Right_
658 -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE
659 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
660 …
661
662 triangle layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster and navigation keys:
663
664 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
665 <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN
666 BASE PgDn Up PgUp Home _Btn4_ | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp
667 LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl
668 LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 _Btn5_ | Btn2 Btn3 _Home__PgUp_ _Up_ _PgDn_ //(toggle) on BASE
669 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
670 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _End_ _Left__Down__Right_
671 -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE
672 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
673 …
674
675
676 flat layout (mouse movement on left hand):
677
678 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
679 <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN
680 BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx | Btn3 PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp
681 LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl
682 LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx | Btn2 Acc0 Acc1 Acc2 xxx RSht //(toggle) on BASE
683 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
684 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn LGUI RAlt
685 -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE
686 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
687 …
688
689 flat layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster (difference marked _)
690
691 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
692 <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN
693 BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx | Btn3 PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp
694 LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl
695 LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx | Btn2 Acc0 Acc1 Acc2 xxx RSht //(toggle) on BASE
696 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
697 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _Up_ _Down__Right_
698 -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE
699 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
700 …
701
702 flat layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster and additional navigation keys:
703
704 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
705 <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN
706 BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx |_Acc2_ PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp
707 LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl
708 LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx |_Acc1_ Acc0 _PgUp__Home__End_ _PgDn_ //(toggle) on BASE
709 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
710 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _Up_ _Down__Right_
711 -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE
712 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
713 …
714
715 flat layout, 'arrow' additional hardware key, with arrow cluster, additional navigation keys, vi(1) layout:
716
717 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
718 <|>-*- //(toggle) on _FUN
719 BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx |_Acc2_ PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp
720 LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Left Down Up Right Btn1 RCtl
721 LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx |_Acc1_ Acc0 _PgUp__Home__End_ _PgDn_ //(toggle) on BASE
722 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
723 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _Down__Up_ _Right_
724 -*-<|> //(hold) on BASE
725 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
726 …
727 */
728
729 /* Inner default navigation/mouse layout. 11 means row 1, column 1, etc.
730 * Configured for arrows on the right, mouse on the left (BTN* on the left side, that is).
731 */
732
733# ifndef ARROWS_TRIANGLE
734# define NAVI_11 KC_BTN3 // NAVI for 'navigation cluster', 11 for row 1, column 1, etc.
735# define NAVI_12 KC_PGUP
736# define NAVI_13 KC_HOME
737# define NAVI_14 KC_END
738# define NAVI_15 KC_PGDN
739# define NAVI_21 KC_BTN1
740# define NAVI_22 KC_LEFT
741# define NAVI_23 KC_UP
742# define NAVI_24 KC_DOWN
743# define NAVI_25 KC_RIGHT
744# define NAVI_31 KC_BTN2
745# define NAVI_32 KC_ACL0
746# define NAVI_33 KC_ACL1
747# define NAVI_34 KC_ACL2
748# define NAVI_35 XXXXXXX
749 //-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
750 // Configured for left handed mouse, with xxx,BTN* on the right most column.
751# define MOUS_11 KC_WH_L // MOUS for mouse, etc.
752# define MOUS_12 KC_WH_D
753# define MOUS_13 KC_WH_U
754# define MOUS_14 KC_WH_R
755# define MOUS_15 XXXXXXX
756# define MOUS_21 KC_MS_L
757# define MOUS_22 KC_MS_D
758# define MOUS_23 KC_MS_U
759# define MOUS_24 KC_MS_R
760# define MOUS_25 KC_BTN1
761# define MOUS_31 KC_BTN5
762# define MOUS_32 KC_BTN4
763# define MOUS_33 KC_BTN3
764# define MOUS_34 KC_BTN2
765# define MOUS_35 XXXXXXX
766# endif
767
768// Alternative navigation/mouse layout: arrows in triangle, and left hand on the left 'wasd' location.
769// If you want these arrows on the right hand, you may want to edit this, to put right most column left, etc.
770
771# ifdef ARROWS_TRIANGLE
772# define NAVI_11 KC_PGDN
773# define NAVI_12 KC_UP
774# define NAVI_13 KC_PGUP
775# define NAVI_14 KC_HOME
776# define NAVI_15 KC_BTN3
777# define NAVI_21 KC_LEFT
778# define NAVI_22 KC_DOWN
779# define NAVI_23 KC_RIGHT
780# define NAVI_24 KC_END
781# define NAVI_25 KC_BTN1
782# define NAVI_31 XXXXXXX
783# define NAVI_32 KC_ACL2
784# define NAVI_33 KC_ACL1
785# define NAVI_34 KC_ACL0
786# define NAVI_35 KC_BTN2
787 //------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
788 // If switching hands to put mouse left, same as for navigation side: switch outer columns by editing here.
789# define MOUS_11 XXXXXXX
790# define MOUS_12 KC_WH_D
791# define MOUS_13 KC_MS_U
792# define MOUS_14 KC_WH_U
793# define MOUS_15 KC_WH_L
794# define MOUS_21 KC_BTN1
795# define MOUS_22 KC_MS_L
796# define MOUS_23 KC_MS_D
797# define MOUS_24 KC_MS_R
798# define MOUS_25 KC_WH_R
799# define MOUS_31 KC_BTN2
800# define MOUS_32 KC_BTN3
801# define MOUS_33 KC_BTN4
802# define MOUS_34 KC_BTN5
803# define MOUS_35 XXXXXXX
804# endif
805
806// Default left/right layout, meaning arrows right and mouse left.
807# ifndef ARROWS_LEFT
808# define LEFT_AA MOUS_11
809# define LEFT_AB MOUS_12
810# define LEFT_AC MOUS_13
811# define LEFT_AD MOUS_14
812# define LEFT_AE MOUS_15
813# define LEFT_BA MOUS_21
814# define LEFT_BB MOUS_22
815# define LEFT_BC MOUS_23
816# define LEFT_BD MOUS_24
817# define LEFT_BE MOUS_25
818# define LEFT_CA MOUS_31
819# define LEFT_CB MOUS_32
820# define LEFT_CC MOUS_33
821# define LEFT_CD MOUS_34
822# define LEFT_CE MOUS_35
823# define RGHT_AA NAVI_11
824# define RGHT_AB NAVI_12
825# define RGHT_AC NAVI_13
826# define RGHT_AD NAVI_14
827# define RGHT_AE NAVI_15
828# define RGHT_BA NAVI_21
829# define RGHT_BB NAVI_22
830# define RGHT_BC NAVI_23
831# define RGHT_BD NAVI_24
832# define RGHT_BE NAVI_25
833# define RGHT_CA NAVI_31
834# define RGHT_CB NAVI_32
835# define RGHT_CC NAVI_33
836# define RGHT_CD NAVI_34
837# define RGHT_CE NAVI_35
838# endif
839
840# ifdef ARROWS_LEFT
841# define LEFT_AA NAVI_11
842# define LEFT_AB NAVI_12
843# define LEFT_AC NAVI_13
844# define LEFT_AD NAVI_14
845# define LEFT_AE NAVI_15
846# define LEFT_BA NAVI_21
847# define LEFT_BB NAVI_22
848# define LEFT_BC NAVI_23
849# define LEFT_BD NAVI_24
850# define LEFT_BE NAVI_25
851# define LEFT_CA NAVI_31
852# define LEFT_CB NAVI_32
853# define LEFT_CC NAVI_33
854# define LEFT_CD NAVI_34
855# define LEFT_CE NAVI_35
856# define RGHT_AA MOUS_11
857# define RGHT_AB MOUS_12
858# define RGHT_AC MOUS_13
859# define RGHT_AD MOUS_14
860# define RGHT_AE MOUS_15
861# define RGHT_BA MOUS_21
862# define RGHT_BB MOUS_22
863# define RGHT_BC MOUS_23
864# define RGHT_BD MOUS_24
865# define RGHT_BE MOUS_25
866# define RGHT_CA MOUS_31
867# define RGHT_CB MOUS_32
868# define RGHT_CC MOUS_33
869# define RGHT_CD MOUS_34
870# define RGHT_CE MOUS_35
871# endif
872
873/* Definition of the additional arrow cluster with optional navigation keys, for the 'arrow' hardware layout.
874 *
875 * By default what becomes the up-arrow (row 2, 2nd key from right) is a no-action key on this layer,
876 * which can be displaced without worry.
877 * Keys that are displaced for the larger arrow cluster with navigation keys, get moved to the second definition
878 * of KC_BTN2 and KC_BTN3, which is on the non-mouse hand.
879 *
880 * Only the version where the triangle arrows are defined for the left hand, or the version where the flat line
881 * arrows are defined for the right hand, are supported.
882 *
883 * There are several configurations, worked down in order to keep this mess under control.
884 *
885 * v----------------------not-defined-------------v----------------v
886 * !MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER !MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION !ARROWS_TRIANGLE !ARROWS_LEFT
887 * defined MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER ...................... yes yes yes
888 * defined MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION yes ....................... yes only for flat arrows
889 * defined ARROWS_TRIANGLE yes yes ............... no
890 * defined ARROWS_LEFT yes only for triangle yes ...........
891 * MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION ARROWS_TRIANGLE ARROWS_LEFT
892 * ^--------------------------defined-------------^----------------^
893 *
894 * Definition order:
895 * 0 no arrow cluster (and therefore no additional navigation keys either)
896 * 1 triangle arrows with arrow cluster
897 * 2 '' '' + additional navigation and repositioning displaced keys
898 * 3 flat arrows with arrow cluster
899 * 4 '' '' + additional navigation and repositioning displaced keys
900 */
901
902 /* 0 (Nothing special, just the default keys)*/
903
904// Default layout without arrow cluster. (With a little imagination you can visualize the keyboard.)
905# if !defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER)
906// Default
907# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_RSFT
908# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 RGHT_CE // Key counting from the right to the left.
909# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 RGHT_CD
910# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 RGHT_CC
911// ------------------------------------------
912# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 KC_RALT // ''
913# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 MORE_key2 // ''
914# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 KC__YGUI // '' (etc)
915# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_PGDN
916// <|,> , , , ,
917// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1> // ± is the additional hardware key
918# endif
919
920 /* 1 (triangle arrows with arrow cluster) */
921
922// Patch in the arrows for arrow triangle layout
923# if defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE)
924// Arrow cluster
925# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 KC_UP
926// ------------------------------------------
927# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 KC_RIGHT
928# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 KC_DOWN
929# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 KC_LEFT
930// <|,> , , , ,
931// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1>
932# endif
933
934// The default layout around the arrows
935# if defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && !defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE)
936// Default keys
937# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_RSFT
938# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 RGHT_CD
939# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 RGHT_CC
940// ------------------------------------------
941# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_PGDN
942// <|,> , , , ,
943// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1>
944# endif
945
946 /* 2 ( '' '' + additional navigation and repositioning displaced keys) */
947
948// Patch in the navigation keys for the arrow in triangle layout.
949# if defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) // Navigation additional keys (arrows implied).
950# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_PGDN
951# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 KC_PGUP
952# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 KC_HOME
953// ------------------------------------------
954# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_END
955// <|,> , , , ,
956// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1>
957# endif
958
959// We have now overwritten the positions of RGHT_CC and RGHT_CD, which could be useful keys.
960// You don't want to mess with BTN1 on the other hand, because it needs to select together with mouse moving in many applications.
961# if defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) && defined(ARROWS_LEFT) // ARROWS_LEFT because the wider map is edited
962//
963// ... spelling this out to keep brain for exploding:
964// Overwritten (copied from above):
965// #define RGHT_CC MOUS_33
966// #define MOUS_33 KC_BTN4
967// #define RGHT_CD MOUS_34
968// #define MOUS_34 KC_BTN5
969// 'BTN4' and 'BTN5' are overwritten.
970// Where are KC_BTN2 and KC_BTN3 on the non-mouse hand:
971// #define NAVI_15 KC_BTN3
972// #define LEFT_AE NAVI_15
973// #define NAVI_35 KC_BTN2
974// #define LEFT_CE NAVI_35
975// 'LEFT_AE' and 'LEFT_CE' provide room.
976//
977# undef LEFT_AE
978# define LEFT_AE KC_BTN4
979# undef LEFT_CE
980# define LEFT_CE KC_BTN5
981# endif
982
983 /* 3 (flat arrows with arrow cluster) */
984
985# if defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE)
986// arrow cluster
987# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 KC_RIGHT
988# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 KC_DOWN
989# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 KC_UP
990# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_LEFT
991// <|,> , , , ,
992// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1>
993# endif
994
995// The default layout around the arrows
996# if defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && !defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE)
997// Default
998# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_RSFT
999# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 RGHT_CE // Key counting from the right to the left.
1000# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 RGHT_CD
1001# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 RGHT_CC
1002// <|,> , , , ,
1003// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1>
1004# endif
1005
1006
1007 /* 4 ( '' '' + additional navigation and repositioning displaced keys) */
1008
1009// The definitions for the additional navigation keys (HOME, etc)
1010# if defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE)
1011// Additional navigation keys: flat
1012# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 KC_PGDN
1013# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 KC_END
1014# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 KC_HOME
1015# define _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 KC_PGUP
1016// <|,> , , , ,
1017// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1>
1018# endif
1019
1020// Replace the overwritten key positions:
1021# if defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) && !defined(ARROWS_LEFT) // !ARROWS_LEFT because the wider map is edited
1022//
1023// Overwritten (copied from above):
1024// #define RGHT_CC NAVI_33
1025// #define NAVI_33 KC_ACL1
1026// #define RGHT_CD NAVI_34
1027// #define NAVI_34 KC_ACL2
1028// 'KC_ACL1' and 'KC_ACL2' are overwritten.
1029// Where are BTN2 and BTN3 on the non-mouse hand:
1030// #define NAVI_11 KC_BTN3
1031// #define RGHT_AA NAVI_11
1032// #define NAVI_31 KC_BTN2
1033// #define RGHT_CA NAVI_31
1034// 'RGHT_AA' and 'RGHT_CA' provide room.
1035// It seems best to count the acceleration keys from right to left/up on the keyboard.
1036//
1037# undef RGHT_AA
1038# define RGHT_AA KC_ACL2
1039# undef RGHT_CA
1040# define RGHT_CA KC_ACL1
1041# endif
1042
1043// Changes the home row on the right hand to become HJKL (as in Qwerty) vi(1) arrow keys,
1044// and causes the arrow block to move one key to the left. The key lost on the left is
1045// put back on the other end (pinky).
1046// Row 3
1047# if defined(VI_SWITCHERYDOO) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) // For all hardware variants
1048// |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1049// <|,> , , , , , ,
1050# undef RGHT_BA
1051# define RGHT_BA KC_LEFT
1052# undef RGHT_BB
1053# define RGHT_BB KC_DOWN
1054# undef RGHT_BC
1055# define RGHT_BC KC_UP
1056# undef RGHT_BD
1057# define RGHT_BD KC_RIGHT
1058# undef RGHT_BE
1059# define RGHT_BE KC_BTN1
1060# endif
1061// Row 1
1062# if defined(VI_SWITCHERYDOO) && !defined(ARROWS_TRIANGLE) && defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) // Only for 'arrow' hardware
1063// arrow cluster
1064# undef _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1
1065# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1 KC_RIGHT
1066# undef _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2
1067# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2 KC_UP
1068# undef _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3
1069# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3 KC_DOWN
1070# undef _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4
1071# define _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 KC_LEFT
1072// <|,> , , , ,
1073// |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± , 1>
1074# endif
1075
1076// (If you want to alter something in detail just for your keyboard, it is probably smart to just write in the keycodes (like KC_PGUP) in the final definitions here below.)
1077//
1078// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1079// , , , -*- , , <|,> , , , , , ,
1080 CTO_BASE , LEFT_AA , LEFT_AB , LEFT_AC , LEFT_AD , LEFT_AE , RGHT_AA , RGHT_AB , RGHT_AC , RGHT_AD , RGHT_AE , KC_BSPC ,
1081 KC_LCTL , LEFT_BA , LEFT_BB , LEFT_BC , LEFT_BD , LEFT_BE , RGHT_BA , RGHT_BB , RGHT_BC , RGHT_BD , RGHT_BE , KC_RCTL ,
1082 KC_LSFT , LEFT_CA , LEFT_CB , LEFT_CC , LEFT_CD , LEFT_CE , RGHT_CA , RGHT_CB , _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY4 , _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY3 , _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY2 , _MOV_KEY_ROW2_KEY1 ,
1083// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1084 KC_LALT
1085# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1086 , TRANS_LEFT
1087# endif
1088
1089# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1090 , MORE_key1
1091# endif
1092
1093 , KC_DEL , KC_ENT , _______
1094
1095# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1096 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1097# endif
1098
1099 , KC_PGUP
1100
1101# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1102 , TRANS_RIGHT
1103# endif
1104
1105 , _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY4 , _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY3
1106
1107# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1108 , _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY2
1109# endif
1110 , _MOV_KEY_ROW1_KEY1
1111// , , , -*- <|,> , , ,
1112// <1 ±± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
1113
1114 ),
1115
1116# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_MOV
1117
1118 /* ⬆⬇ */
1119
1120# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined.
1121
1122 /* Layer _RAR: Various special keys.
1123 * - The key which switches between Default and Alternate base layer.
1124 * - Power keys
1125 * The power keys have to be pressed with Shift, as a safety guard.
1126 * Without shift they write their name, as if someone typed it.
1127 * - Media keys
1128 * - Brightness for screen keys (depends on computer system if it works)
1129 * - Leds of keyboard on/off
1130 * - Unicode input mode
1131 * ☑ precedes the Unicode input modes, as memory aid and tester
1132 * Note that ☑ has no letters in its Unicode, but press with Shift for 🗹
1133 * which does. This matters when testing ‛descramble’ Dvorak mode.
1134 * - Capslock is on its normal position
1135 * - Insert
1136 * - APP (whatever it is) fakes being next to right GUI (though other layer).
1137 * - The traditional obsolete button like ScrLk/PrtSc are also included, in
1138 * case some program needs them.
1139 * - Speed measuring
1140 * - Text size measuring
1141 * - Some unused spots remaining.
1142 */
1143
1144 [ _RAR ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
1145
1146/*
1147 _RAR (RARe keys. Power keys, Unicode mode, Alternate BASE, Media, Brightness, Speed, leds, …)
1148
1149 <pink2<pinky <ring <middl <indexx<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky> pink2>
1150 <|> -*- //(toggle) on _FUN
1151 BASE Cnt/Mx Cnull CWmin CRprt Speed | SRprt Play Next Prev Stop RSht(•)
1152 CapsL Power• Wake• Sleep• Pause• ScrLk | PrtSc xxx Vol+ Vol- Mute Insert // • requires Shift
1153 ☑ uLNX uBSD uOSX uWIN uWNC | xxx xxx Bri+ Bri- xxx APP // Ü(nicode) tester
1154 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1155 SLed MLeds RGUI xxx | !Alter xxx LGUI ___ // Middle-led, Side-leds, ! 'alternate'
1156 <|> -*- // (Hold) on BASE
1157 <1 ± <2 ± <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1158 … …
1159 */
1160//
1161// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1162// , , , , -*- , <|,> , , , , , ,
1163 CTO_BASE , COUNT_TOG , COUNT_NULL , COUNT_WORDMIN , COUNT_REPORT , SPEED_TOG , SPEED_REPORT , KC_MPLY , KC_MNXT , KC_MPRV , KC_MSTP , KC_RSFT ,
1164 KC_CAPS , C_KC_PWR , C_KC_WAKE , C_KC_SLEP , C_KC_PAUS , KC_SLCK , KC_PSCR , XXXXXXX , KC_VOLU , KC_VOLD , KC_MUTE , KC_INS ,
1165 XP_DRA_CG , UNICODE_MODE_LNX , UNICODE_MODE_BSD , UNICODE_MODE_OSX , UNICODE_MODE_WIN , UNICODE_MODE_WINC , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_BRIGHTNESS_UP , KC_BRIGHTNESS_DOWN , XXXXXXX , KC_APP ,
1166// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1167 LEDS_ON
1168# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1169 , TRANS_LEFT
1170# endif
1171
1172# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1173 , MORE_key1
1174# endif
1175
1176# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF // This messes with led effect on/off, so we need to track the state of this setting now.
1177 , RGBTOG_
1178# else // Here we don't mess with led effect on/off, so we can use QMK key blindly.
1179 , RGB_TOG
1180# endif
1181 , KC__XGUI , XXXXXXX
1182
1183# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1184 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1185# endif
1186
1187 , OTHER_BASE , XXXXXXX
1188
1189# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1190 , TRANS_RIGHT
1191# endif
1192
1193 , KC__YGUI
1194
1195# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1196 , MORE_key2
1197# endif
1198 , _______
1199// , , , <|,> , , ,
1200// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
1201
1202 ),
1203
1204# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
1205
1206 /* ⬆⬇ */
1207
1208# ifndef REMOVE_PAD // This removes all references to _PAD in the code, therefore is not functionally the same as BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
1209
1210# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined.
1211
1212# ifndef NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE // Use default _PAD layer, where numbers are aligned as they are on _NSY.
1213 // Conversely, if this is defined, this layer will resembel a numeric keypad.
1214 // See also base_numpad.c
1215
1216 /* Layer _PAD: Numbers pad, for numbers pad version of numbers (computer programs can see the difference).
1217 * Number pad navigation will be more or less useless, but there is a repetition of the Numpad
1218 * keys 4,2,8,6 row 4 for arrows, and 3,1,7,9 row 2 for navigation, to make it a little easier to find.
1219 */
1220
1221 [ _PAD ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
1222
1223/*
1224 Layer _PAD Numbers Pad (special symbol versions; regular '1' is not the same as this numpad '1', etc)
1225
1226 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
1227 -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN
1228 BASE xxx xxx .DEL 4LEFT 2DOWN | 8UP 6RGHT * xxx xxx Bksp
1229 LCtl 1END 2DOWN 3PGDN 4LEFT 5 | 6RGHT 7HOME 8UP 9PGUP 0INS -
1230 LSht xxx xxx / xxx = | + 3PGDN 1END 7HOME 9PGUP RSht
1231 -*---------------------------------------------------------------------------- //-*- toggle on BASE
1232 LAlt Del Tab ENT | NUML xxx LGUI RAlt
1233 <|>
1234 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1235 … …
1236
1237 */
1238
1239//
1240// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1241// , , , , , -*- <|,> , , , , , ,
1242 CTO_BASE , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_DOT , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_ASTERISK , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_BSPC ,
1243 KC_LCTL , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_0 , KC_KP_MINUS ,
1244 KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_SLASH , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_9 , KC_RSFT ,
1245// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1246 KC_LALT
1247
1248# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1249 , _______ // On Base layers this key typically defaults to MO ( _PAD )
1250# endif
1251
1252# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1253 , MORE_key1
1254# endif
1255
1256 , KC_DEL , KC_TAB , KC_KP_ENTER
1257
1258# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1259 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1260# endif
1261
1262 , KC_NUMLOCK , XXXXXXX , KC__YGUI
1263
1264# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1265 , TRANS_RIGHT
1266# endif
1267
1268# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1269 , MORE_key2
1270# endif
1271
1272 , KC_RALT
1273// , , , <|,> , , ,
1274// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
1275
1276 ),
1277
1278# else // NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE
1279
1280 [ _PAD ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
1281
1282/*
1283
1284 * Layer _PAD: Option for a different _PAD layer in the common layers system.
1285 * This variety resembles the square layout of a numerical keyboard.
1286 * It is different from one of the Numpad Base layer compile options, in that
1287 * it only has a number pad for the right hand. It is also different in featuring
1288 * modifiers, and the overall layout is sligthly different (Enter, = symbol).
1289 *
1290 * ‛Tab’ on key 3 left hand is the same as the other _PAD layer option (with the
1291 * numbers in a line, equal to the _NSY layer), to retain the same ability to
1292 * type Control-Tab. It seems better to have RAlt in its usual place, Enter in
1293 * its usual place, than to strictly follow a standard numeric keyboard layout
1294 * (which puts Enter somewhere on the right, row 1). It seems easy enough to
1295 * type Enter on this key as well, even with the right hand. Numlock is also
1296 * in its usual place. Note that ‛Del’ on the left, row 1, is not a numbers pad
1297 * Delete/Dot key, but standard Delete, also in the usual place.
1298 *
1299 * This is probably the better one of the square layout numpads, unless you have a use
1300 * for the two hands version. This is also available on ‛Base’ Numpad.
1301 *
1302
1303 Layer _PAD (Number pad, with NumLock on)
1304
1305 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
1306 <|>
1307 BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = 7 8 9 - Bspc
1308 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * 4 5 6 + RCtl
1309 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / 1 2 3 , RSht
1310 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
1311 LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL 0 . RAlt
1312 <|>
1313 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1314 … | …
1315
1316 Layer _PAD (Number pad, with NumLock off)
1317
1318 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring >pin>pink2>
1319 <|>
1320 BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = Home Up PgUp - Bspc
1321 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * Left 5 Right + RCtl
1322 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / End Down PgDn , RSht
1323 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1324 LAlt Del Tab Ent | NumL Ins Del RAlt
1325 <|>
1326 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1327 … | …
1328
1329*/
1330
1331//
1332// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1333// , , , , , -*- <|,> , , , , , ,
1334 CTO_BASE , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_EQUAL , KC_KP_7 , KC_KP_8 , KC_KP_9 , KC_KP_MINUS , KC_BSPC ,
1335 KC_LCTL , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_ASTERISK , KC_KP_4 , KC_KP_5 , KC_KP_6 , KC_KP_PLUS , KC_RCTL ,
1336 KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_KP_SLASH , KC_KP_1 , KC_KP_2 , KC_KP_3 , KC_KP_COMMA , KC_RSFT ,
1337// -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1338 KC_LALT
1339
1340# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1341 , TRANS_LEFT
1342# endif
1343
1344# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1345 , MORE_key1
1346# endif
1347
1348 , KC_DEL , KC_TAB , KC_KP_ENTER
1349
1350# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1351 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1352# endif
1353
1354 , KC_NUMLOCK , KC_KP_0
1355
1356// See comment in ./base_numpad.c on the first layout (double handed Base layer), about the next few keys:
1357// This layer follows that layout Base Numpad.
1358// ---⬇
1359
1360# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1361 , TRANS_RIGHT
1362# endif
1363
1364# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1365 //, MORE_key2
1366 , KC__YGUI
1367# endif
1368// ---⬆
1369 , KC_KP_DOT
1370
1371 , KC_RALT
1372// , , , <|,> , , ,
1373// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> ± ± , 2> , 1>
1374
1375 ),
1376
1377
1378# endif // NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE
1379
1380# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_PAD
1381
1382# endif // REMOVE_PAD
1383
1384 /* ⬆⬇ */
1385
1386# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer.
1387
1388# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined.
1389
1390 /* Layer _ACC: Accented and other unusual characters. It seems this would
1391 * cover Dutch, German, French, Scandinavia, Italy and Spain.
1392 * It should helps with remembering what keys are where, if one
1393 * knows the logic behind it (however flawed it might be).
1394 * This layer has the uncluttered Tab key (whoohoo!).
1395 *
1396 * The logic is ... Versions of the vowels with accents are
1397 * widened vertically on the board, from their
1398 * normal position.
1399 * Grave is a line going up, thus on upper row. é
1400 * Acute is a line going down, thus on lower row. è
1401 * Diaereses is dots going horizontal, thus middle. ë
1402 * Diareses is umlaut which is most frequent if
1403 * including German, thus home row. ë
1404 * There is no room for Caret on the left, thus it is
1405 * on the right, following same-finger logic (O
1406 * is ring finger, etc).
1407 * Caret is on the lower row to make room for versions
1408 * of 'n' and 'c' near their normal position.
1409 * There is no room for ÿŸ on the normal y, because
1410 * íÍ is on it, which is more important, and to
1411 * keep the logic of that block, therefore it is
1412 * as close to it as can be.
1413 * øØ and åÅ follow the same-finger logic (a is left
1414 * hand pinky, etc), and are on remaining spots.
1415 * œŒ and æÆ are also no remaining spots, both close
1416 * to êÊ for the e in there, the œŒ being further
1417 * to the left to follow the same finger logic on
1418 * that right hand side: a on the right, o on the left.
1419 * ¡ and ¿ had no more room on this layer, therefore,
1420 * and because they are unusual, they are on the
1421 * _DRA(wings) layer. They are located under the keys
1422 * that also have ! and ?, respectively.
1423 *
1424 */
1425
1426 [ _ACC ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
1427
1428/*
1429 Layer _ACC (ACCented characters, see _RAR layer for input modes)
1430
1431 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
1432 -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN
1433 BASE áÁ óÓ éÉ úÚ íÍ | ýÝ ijIJ çÇ øØ åÅ Bksp
1434 RCTL(Tab) äÄ öÖ ëË üÜ ïÏ | ÿŸ œŒ æÆ ñÑ ß μ
1435 LSht àÀ òÒ èÈ ùÙ ìÌ | îÎ ûÛ êÊ ôÔ â RSht
1436 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1437 LAlt ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt
1438 -*- <|> //(hold) on BASE
1439 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1440 … …
1441 */
1442//
1443// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1444// , , , , , <|,>-*- , , , , , ,
1445 CTO_BASE , XP_ACC_AA , XP_ACC_AB , XP_ACC_AC , XP_ACC_AD , XP_ACC_AE , XP_ACC_AF , XP_ACC_AG , XP_ACC_AH , XP_ACC_AI , XP_ACC_AJ , KC_BSPC ,
1446 LCTL ( KC_TAB ) , XP_ACC_BA , XP_ACC_BB , XP_ACC_BC , XP_ACC_BD , XP_ACC_BE , XP_ACC_BF , XP_ACC_BG , XP_ACC_BH , XP_ACC_BI , XP_ACC_BJ , XP_ACC_BK ,
1447 KC_LSFT , XP_ACC_CA , XP_ACC_CB , XP_ACC_CC , XP_ACC_CD , XP_ACC_CE , XP_ACC_CF , XP_ACC_CG , XP_ACC_CH , XP_ACC_CI , XP_ACC_CJ , KC_RSFT ,
1448// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1449 KC_LALT
1450# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1451 , TRANS_LEFT
1452# endif
1453
1454# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1455 , MORE_key1
1456# endif
1457
1458 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
1459
1460# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1461 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1462# endif
1463
1464 , KC_SPC , _______ , _______
1465
1466# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1467 , TRANS_RIGHT
1468# endif
1469
1470# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1471 , MORE_key2
1472# endif
1473
1474 , KC_RALT
1475// , -*- , , <|,> , , ,
1476// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
1477
1478 ),
1479
1480# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC
1481
1482# endif // REMOVE_ACC
1483
1484 /* ⬆⬇ */
1485
1486# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer
1487
1488# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_DRA // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined.
1489
1490 /* Layer _DRA: Drawings, like various Unicode symbols.
1491 *
1492 */
1493
1494 [ _DRA ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
1495
1496/*
1497 Layer _DRA (DRAwings, whatever else (rendering width varies in different applications))
1498
1499 <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
1500 -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN
1501 BASE “„ ”≤ £≥ ∅ ¢ ±ƒ | ❦♥ 🙂🙁 👍👎 ⁽₍ ⁾₎ Bksp
1502 Tab ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ RCTL
1503 LSht 「━ 」─ °〇 •§ …· | ⮘⮙ ⮚⮛ ¿¡ 《┄ 》┅ RSht
1504 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1505 LAlt ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt
1506 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) on BASE
1507 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1508 … …
1509 */
1510//
1511// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1512// , , , , , <|,> , -*- , , , , ,
1513 CTO_BASE , XP_DRA_AA , XP_DRA_AB , XP_DRA_AC , XP_DRA_AD , XP_DRA_AE , XP_DRA_AF , XP_DRA_AG , XP_DRA_AH , XP_DRA_AI , XP_DRA_AJ , KC_BSPC ,
1514 KC_TAB , XP_DRA_BA , XP_DRA_BB , XP_DRA_BC , XP_DRA_BD , XP_DRA_BE , XP_DRA_BF , XP_DRA_BG , XP_DRA_BH , XP_DRA_BI , XP_DRA_BJ , KC_RCTL ,
1515 KC_LSFT , XP_DRA_CA , XP_DRA_CB , XP_DRA_CC , XP_DRA_CD , XP_DRA_CE , XP_DRA_CF , XP_DRA_CG , XP_DRA_CH , XP_DRA_CI , XP_DRA_CJ , KC_RSFT ,
1516// --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1517 KC_LALT
1518
1519# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1520 , TRANS_LEFT
1521# endif
1522
1523# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1524 , MORE_key1
1525# endif
1526
1527 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
1528
1529# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1530 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1531# endif
1532
1533 , KC_SPC , _______ , _______
1534
1535# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1536 , TRANS_RIGHT
1537# endif
1538
1539# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1540 , MORE_key2
1541# endif
1542
1543 , KC_RALT
1544// , , , <|,> , , ,
1545// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
1546
1547 ),
1548
1549# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_RAR
1550
1551# endif // REMOVE_DRA
1552
1553 /* ⬆⬇ */
1554
1555# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
1556
1557# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_BON // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined.
1558
1559/*
1560 * Bonus layer: Enumeration numbers, some general purpose / mathematical symbols
1561 * ⁻ is an exponential minus sign (the center-dot · can be used in exponents too)
1562 * × is multiplication
1563 * ‰ is promille, ‱ is pro-tenthousandth
1564 *
1565 */
1566
1567 [ _BON ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
1568
1569/*
1570 Layer _BON (Bonus layer, a variety of more stuffs.)
1571
1572 <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
1573 -*- <|>
1574 BASE ‛ 🛠 ’ ⬆ ¤ 🄯 ∑ © ‰ ‱ | ★ ٭ 😊 ⍨ × ⃰ √ ⁻ ⁺ Bksp
1575 `~ ① ⬅ ② ⬇ ③ ➡ ④ ┏ ⑤ ┓ | ⑥ ┃ ⑦ ┇ ⑧ ╋ ⑨ ⓪ ∞ — ≈ // — is a dash (larger), not hyphen
1576 LSht ‹ › ÷ ☞ ┗ ≠ ┛ | ✗ ┣ ✓ ┫ ⚠ « » RSht
1577 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1578 Left ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ Right
1579 -*- -*- <|> -*- // Activation on BASE
1580 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1581 … …
1582 */
1583//
1584// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1585// , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
1586 CTO_BASE , XP_BON_AA , XP_BON_AB , XP_BON_AC , XP_BON_AD , XP_BON_AE , XP_BON_AF , XP_BON_AG , XP_BON_AH , XP_BON_AI , XP_BON_AJ , KC_BSPC ,
1587 KC_GRV , XP_BON_BA , XP_BON_BB , XP_BON_BC , XP_BON_BD , XP_BON_BE , XP_BON_BF , XP_BON_BG , XP_BON_BH , XP_BON_BI , XP_BON_BJ , XP_BON_BK ,
1588 KC_LSFT , XP_BON_CA , XP_BON_CB , XP_BON_CC , XP_BON_CD , XP_BON_CE , XP_BON_CF , XP_BON_CG , XP_BON_CH , XP_BON_CI , XP_BON_CJ , KC_RSFT ,
1589// -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1590 KC_LEFT
1591
1592# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1593 , TRANS_LEFT
1594# endif
1595
1596# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1597 , MORE_key1
1598# endif
1599
1600 , _______ , _______ , KC_ENT
1601
1602# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1603 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1604# endif
1605
1606 , KC_SPC , _______ , _______
1607
1608# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1609 , TRANS_RIGHT
1610# endif
1611
1612# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1613 , MORE_key2
1614# endif
1615 , KC_RIGHT
1616// , , , <|,> , , ,
1617// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
1618
1619 ),
1620
1621# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_BON
1622
1623# endif // REMOVE_BON
1624
1625 /* ⬆⬇ */
1626
1627# ifndef BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN // Use a definition of this layer in the ./bases_* file, where this #define can be defined.
1628
1629 /* Layer _FUN: Function keys until F20. Some combo modifiers control/alt/shift
1630 * Toward any layer by toggle. Layer can be set to return to BASE after one F-key press (FUN<, row 1)
1631 */
1632
1633 [ _FUN ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
1634
1635/*
1636 Layer _FUN (F-keys, Layer access, Set BASE key direction)
1637
1638 <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
1639 toggl toggl set toggl toggl toggl | toggl toggl // Type of layer switch
1640 <|>
1641 BASE: NUMS: _PAD _ACC _DRA _BON | _MOV _RAR xxx xxx xxx Bksp //':' are dynamic ...
1642 LCtl F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 | F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 RCtl
1643 LSht F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 | F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 RSht
1644 ----------------------------------------------------------------------*-- //-*- toggle on BASE
1645 LAlt LCtl& LCtl& LSht& | FUN< +LCtl&LSht LGUI RAlt //... < toggle 'stay'
1646 LSht LAlt LAlt | &LAlt
1647 +xxx +xxx +xxx | +xxx
1648 <|>
1649 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1650 … …
1651 */
1652//
1653// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1654// , , -*- , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
1655 CTO_BASE , CTO_NUMS , TO ( _PAD ) , CTO_ACCE , CTO_DRAW , TO ( _BON ), TO ( _MOV ) , TO ( _RAR ) , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_BSPC ,
1656 KC_LCTL , KC_F1 , KC_F2 , KC_F3 , KC_F4 , KC_F5 , KC_F6 , KC_F7 , KC_F8 , KC_F9 , KC_F10 , KC_RCTL ,
1657 KC_LSFT , KC_F11 , KC_F12 , KC_F13 , KC_F14 , KC_F15 , KC_F16 , KC_F17 , KC_F18 , KC_F19 , KC_F20 , KC_RSFT ,
1658// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1659 KC_LALT
1660# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1661 , TRANS_LEFT
1662# endif
1663
1664# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1665 , MORE_key1
1666# endif
1667
1668 , MT ( MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT, XXXXXXX ) , MT ( MOD_LCTL | MOD_LALT , XXXXXXX ) , MT ( MOD_LSFT | MOD_LALT , XXXXXXX )
1669
1670# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1671 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1672# endif
1673
1674 , _FUN_STAY , MT ( MOD_LCTL | MOD_LSFT | MOD_LALT , XXXXXXX ) , KC__YGUI
1675
1676# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1677 , _______ // On Base layers this key typically defaults to MO ( _FUN )
1678# endif
1679
1680# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1681 , MORE_key2
1682# endif
1683 , KC_RALT
1684// , , , <|,> , , ,
1685// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
1686
1687 ),
1688
1689# endif // BASESFILE_LAYER_FUN
1690
1691 /* ⬆ */
1692
1693
1694/*
1695 * New layer template. Includes left/right movement arrows, deletion, modifiers.
1696 * If you want a new layer, in the logic of this layout you would add a toggle on the
1697 * _FUN layer top row on the first free key to it, and optionally alter the hold
1698 * layer switch keys on the base layers. (Check if a new layer will fit on the chip.)
1699 *
1700 [ _??? ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
1701
1702// <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
1703// <|>
1704// BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx Bksp
1705// LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx RCtl
1706// LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx RSht
1707// -------------------------------------------------------------------------
1708// LAlt+Left Del ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt+Right
1709// <|>
1710// <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
1711// … …
1712//
1713//
1714// <pink2 , <pinky , <ring , <middl , <index , <indx2 |, indx2> , index> , middl> , ring> , pinky> , pink2> ,
1715// , , , , , <|,> , , , , , ,
1716 CTO_BASE , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_BSPC ,
1717 KC_LCTL , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_RCTL ,
1718 KC_LSFT , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX , KC_RSFT ,
1719// ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1720 LALT_T ( KC_LEFT )
1721
1722# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
1723 , TRANS_LEFT
1724# endif
1725
1726# ifdef MORE_KEY__COMMAND
1727 , MORE_key1
1728# endif
1729
1730 , KC_DEL , XXXXXXX , KC_ENT
1731
1732# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
1733 , TRANS_MIDLEFT
1734# endif
1735
1736 , KC_SPC , XXXXXXX , XXXXXXX
1737
1738# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
1739 , TRANS_RIGHT
1740# endif
1741
1742# ifdef MORE_KEY__ARROW
1743 , MORE_key2
1744# endif
1745
1746 , RALT_T ( KC_RIGHT )
1747// , , , <|,> , , ,
1748// <1 ± ± , <2 , <3 , <4 |, 4> , 3> , 2> , ± ± 1>
1749
1750 ),
1751*/
1752
1753};
1754
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/minifan_config_compact.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/minifan_config_compact.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a48095f51
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/minifan_config_compact.h
@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * © 2020,2021 by Jos Boersema
18 */
19
20/*
21 * If MINIFAN_CONFIG_COMPACT in ./user_config.h ⬇
22 */
23
24//#define BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE
25//#define BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE
26//#define BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE
27//#define BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE
28 #define BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE
29//#define BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE
30//#define BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE
31//#define BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE
32//#define BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE
33//#define BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE
34//#define BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE
35 #define BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE
36
37//#define MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT
38
39//#define STARTUP_ALTERNATE
40//#define STARTUP_SIDE_LEDS_OFF
41//#define STARTUP_MID_LED_OFF
42//#define STARTUP_SPEED
43//#define STARTUP_COUNT
44
45//#define MORE_KEY__COMMAND
46//#define MORE_KEY__ARROW
47
48//#define TRANSMINIVAN_LAYOUT .......
49//#define TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE
50 #define TRANS_LEFT XXXXXXX
51//#define TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT
52 #define TRANS_MIDLEFT XXXXXXX
53//#define TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE
54 #define TRANS_RIGHT XXXXXXX
55
56//#define MORE_key1_BASE TG ( _RAR )
57//#define MORE_key1_BASE KC_DEL
58 #define MORE_key1_BASE KC__XGUI
59//#define MORE_key1 KC_DEL
60 #define MORE_key1 KC__XGUI
61 #define MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER
62//#define MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION
63 #define MORE_key2 _MOV_UP
64//#define MORE_key2 KC_DEL
65
66 #define ARROWS_TRIANGLE
67//#define VI_SWITCHERYDOO
68
69//#define NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE
70
71 #define SPEED_COUNTDOWN 25
72 #define SPEED_HUE_STEP 8
73 #define SPEED_HUE_START 160
74 #define WORDS_PER_MINUTE
75
76//#define BASE_RIGHT_ALT
77 #define SWITCH_GUIS
78//#define UNICODE_CURRENCY 0x20ac
79//#define POINT_ON_CHECKBOXES
80//#define SWITCH_BASE_ROW1_23
81//#define SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY
82 #define SWITCH_LSHIFT_PAD_MOV
83 #define SWITCH_RSHIFT_FUN_RAR
84
85//#define REMOVE_PAD
86//#define REMOVE_ACC
87//#define _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER _BON
88//#define _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER _DRA
89//#define REMOVE_DRA
90//#define _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER _ACC
91//#define _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER _BON
92//#define REMOVE_BON
93//#define _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER _ACC
94//#define _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER _DRA
95//#define ALL_DRA_BON_EVISCERATIONS
96 #define BOX_DRAWINGS
97 #define SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
98 #define FULL_DRA_2NDROW
99 #define FULL_DRA_4THROW
100 #define FULL_BON_4THROW
101
102 #define LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/readme.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/readme.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..534f8b30c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/readme.md
@@ -0,0 +1,1198 @@
1# Minivan
2A 40% keyboard made first by TheVan Keyboards
3_https://thevankeyboards.com_ now taken over by TKC
4_https://thekey.company_
5
6![Minivan layout all](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-visualization_vc.jpg)
7
8Table of Contents
9=================
10
11 1 Overview
12 1.1 Hardware compatibility
13 1.2 Software compatibility
14 2 'make' example
15 3 Base layouts
16 3.1 Normal layouts
17 3.1.1 Qwerty
18 3.1.2 Qwerty with arrows on Base
19 3.1.3 Dvorak
20 3.1.4 Dvorak²
21 3.1.5 Colemak
22 3.1.6 Workman
23 3.2 Special layouts
24 3.2.1 Numbers pad
25 4 The common system
26 4.1 Main features
27 4.2 Layer access
28 4.3 Layout in graphics
29 4.4 Layout in text
30 4.5 Movement layer options
31 4.6 Numbers pad layer options
32 5 Led colors for layers
33 6 Compile options
34 7 Language support
35 7.1 Input methods
36 7.2 Unicode symbols
37 8 Speed measuring
38 8.1 Speed Led color compilation assist
39 9 Text size measuring
40 9.1 Text size Usage
41 10 Making your own base layer(s)
42 11 Eviscerations
43 12 Key associations
44 13 Trouble shooting
45 • Compiling
46 • Unicode
47 • Leds
48 • Weird layer jumping
49 • Difficult/impossible key combinations ?
50 14 Why you want this layout
51 15 BUGS
52 16 Resources
53 17 Author(s)
54
551 Overview
56==========
57_A layout for the demanding keyboard user (10 fingers / blind)._
58Designed for intuitive key placement, more symbols than standard English
59keyboard, speed and text size measuring.
60*400%* _the capability in_ *40%* _the size_ (by key function count).
61
62For some ‛common layers’ (numbers pad, movement), different versions
63can be chosen than shown just below in this by layer view:
64
65![Minivan illustration Overview layers](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization_1500_vf.jpg)
66
67By key view:
68
69![Minivan illustration Overview layers by key](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-all-layers-clear-visualization-by-key_2000_vh.jpg)
70
711.1 Hardware compatibility
72==========================
73This keymap functions on _Minivan_ hardware variants with 44, 45 and
7446 keys.
75
76It may be fairly easily ported to 12x12x12x[11|12|13] keyboards.
77
781.2 Software compatibility
79==========================
80This keymap relies on Unicode, in an attempt to avoid the
81“dead key” system for accented characters on many non-English keyboards.
82You need to have Unicode input working on your computer.
83
84On a Linux computer operating system, this keymap is designed to work
85with this keyboard/language setting:
86
87 > setxkbmap -layout us
88 > echo $LANG
89 `en_US.UTF-8`
90
91If that works for you, you can type the most important characters in
92the western European group of languages, native from the keyboard.
93
94This keymap might not function as expected if you want to use a
95different keyboard language setting in your operating system.
96
97See also chapter 6 _Language support_.
98
992 'make' example
100================
101 … Download the repository, resolve software dependencies etc..
102 … To change compile options: edit user_config.h (or `minifan_config_compact.h`)
103 > cd […]/qmk_firmware
104 > make thevankeyboards/minivan:josjoha
105 > su
106 # dfu-programmer atmega32u4 erase
107 # dfu-programmer atmega32u4 flash thevankeyboards_minivan_josjoha.hex
108 # dfu-programmer atmega32u4 start
109
110This “Mini*fan*” layout is explained in several readme files, with
111links to the others files in this readme. The common system is explained
112in this readme.md file. The options for the letters and number/symbol
113layer pairs (two pairs in the dual layout) are explained in their
114separate readme file, see immediately below. Compile options are detailed
115in `./user_config.h`.
116
1173 Base layouts
118==============
119Layouts are presented here in a sort of simplified keycaps view. If a
120base layer pair has its own user configuration options, they are located
121in `./base_NAME.h`.
122
1233.1 Normal layouts
124------------------
125These are layouts for commonly used configurations, such as Qwerty or Dvorak.
126
1273.1.1 Qwerty
128------------
129
130![Minivan layout impression](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_qwerty_vc.jpg)
131
132For the readme about the Qwerty version, see ➡ ![base_qwerty.md](./base_qwerty.md) ⬅
133
1343.1.2 Qwerty with arrows on Base
135--------------------------------
136
137![Minivan layout impression](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_qwerty_basearrow_vd.jpg)
138
139For the readme about this Qwerty variation, see ➡ ![base_qwerty_basearrow.md](./base_qwerty_basearrow.md) ⬅
140
1413.1.3 Dvorak
142-------------
143
144![Minivan layout impression](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_dvorak_vc.jpg)
145
146For the readme about the Dvorak version, see ➡ ![base_dvorak.md](./base_dvorak.md) ⬅
147
1483.1.4 Dvorak²
149-------------
150
151![Minivan layout impression](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_dvorak_descramble_vb.jpg)
152
153Regular Dvorak for a computer already set to Dvorak.
154
155For the readme about the Dvorak² version, see ➡ ![base_dvorak_descramble.md](./base_dvorak_descramble.md) ⬅
156
1573.1.5 Colemak
158-------------
159
160![Minivan layout impression](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_colemak_vc.jpg)
161
162For the readme about the Colemak version, see ➡ ![base_colemak.md](./base_colemak.md) ⬅
163
1643.1.6 Workman
165-------------
166
167![Minivan layout impression](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_workman_va.jpg)
168
169For the readme about the Workman version, see ➡ ![base_workman.md](./base_workman.md) ⬅
170
1713.2 Special layouts
172===================
173These are unusual layouts. Most people will probably only want one of these on the ‛Alternate’ layout,
174with a normal layout on ‛Default’. How this works is explained below.
175
1763.2.1 Numbers pad
177-----------------
178
179![Minivan layout impression](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_numpad_single_va.jpg)
180
181For the readme about the Numpad version, see ➡ ![base_numpad.md](./base_numpad.md) ⬅
182
183
1844 The common system
185===================
186
187![Minivan layout impression](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_keycapview_common_vc.jpg)
188
1894.1 Main features
190-----------------
191 • Dual layout. Several layouts to choose from (example: Qwerty
192 and Dvorak dual layout). Easy to add more layouts.
193 • Expanded character set with western European accented characters
194 (ëøßœç…); sub- super-script numbers (¹₂…) quite a few additional
195 symbols such as 《 ± • ☑ ❦ √ ┣ ≠ 》…
196 • Typing speed measuring. Led changes color with your speed. You can
197 ask for a report on your current and average typing speeds.
198 • Text size measuring. If you want to type some amount of words or
199 characters, the middle led will go from green to red as you go,
200 and prevent you going over the limit.
201
2024.2 Layer access
203----------------
204This graphic shows how layers are reached from the ‛Default base’ layer.
205
206![Minivan layout Image associations](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-default-base-layer-activation_1500_vf.jpg)
207
208You can switch between the default base layer (typically letters), and
209another base layer, the alternate base layer (also typically letters),
210on the `_RAR` layer with key ‛Other Base’. Each base layer comes
211with its own second layer, typically numbers-symbols. The other
212layers are used common between the default and alternate base layers.
213
214The Base layers and their numbers layer are detailed in files beginning
215with `./base_…` (links below).
216
217 Layer overview: Defined in:
218
219 • Default Letters / Base ┓
220 • Default Numbers-symbols ┃
221 ┣ ./base_….c/md files
222 • Alternate Letters / Base ┃
223 • Alternate numbers-symbols layout ┛
224
225 • Numbers pad ┓
226 • Accented characters ┃
227 • Additional Unicode characters ┃
228 • More Additional Unicode characters ┣ ./keymap.c(etc)/readme.md
229 • Movement arrows/mouse ┃ “The common system”
230 • Function keys / layer toggles ┃
231 • Power, media, Speed, Text size, etc. ┛
232
233There are some additional layer switching keys due to key transparency
234artefacts, allowing for example to go back to ‛Base’ from a toggled `_MOV`
235layer with what is the ‛Enter’ key on Base.
236
2374.3 Layout in graphics
238----------------------
239
240![Minivan layout Image BASEdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_hide_def_base_ve.jpg)
241Layer: `DEF_BASE`
242
243![Minivan layout Image NSYdef](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_hide_def_base_vb.jpg)
244Layer: `DEF_NSY`
245
246![Minivan layout Image BASEalt](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_base_layer_hide_alt_base_ve.jpg)
247Layer: `ALT_BASE`
248
249![Minivan layout Image NSYalt](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_nsy_layer_hide_alt_base_vb.jpg)
250Layer: `ALT_NSY`
251
252![Minivan layout Image PAD](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_pad_layer_vc.jpg)
253Layer: `_PAD`
254
255^ See below for a different configuration of the numbers pad keys. See above for a Base layout for a numbers pad.
256
257![Minivan layout Image ACC](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_acc_layer_vd.jpg)
258Layer: `_ACC`
259
260![Minivan layout Image DRA](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_dra_layer_vd.jpg)
261Layer: `_DRA`
262
263![Minivan layout Image BON](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_bon_layer_vc.jpg)
264Layer: `_BON`
265
266![Minivan layout Image FUN](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_fun_layer_vb.jpg)
267Layer: `_FUN`
268
269![Minivan layout Image MOV](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_mov_layer_triangle_hw-basic-and-allkeys_vb.jpg)
270Layer: `_MOV`
271
272^ There is an alternative flat arrow configuration for this layer (see below),
273and options to compile with the 'arrow' hardware layout.
274
275![Minivan layout Image RAR](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_rar_layer_vc.jpg)
276Layer: `_RAR`
277
2784.4 Layout in text
279------------------
280 Layer _DEF_BASE (Letters layer, see ./base* files for what comes on ‛__’)
281 | Right hand
282 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pinky2> // Keys by finger
283 -o- <|> ... //-o- Base access
284 Esc __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ Bksp
285 Tab+LCtl __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ __
286 LSht+_PAD __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ RSht+_FUN
287 +_MOV⁵ | +_RAR⁶
288 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
289 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) RGUI Right;_RAR
290 hold hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold | hold₍₁,₂٭₎ hold // switch type
291 hold₍₂₎ ^-┃-----------------------+--------^ ┃ // ₁₎ both = _DRA
292 ┗━━━_BON━━━╋┅───────────┄┄┄«or»┄┄┄─+─────────┅┛ // ₂₎ both = _BON
293 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1> // Keys by number
294 ^³ ^⁴ // Optional more keys
295 (LGUI) (_MOV)
296
297 ₁) Dual hold for _DRA, single hold for _..._NSY. Marked by: ^--…--^
298 ₂) Hold key “<2” with either٭ key “<3” or “3>” for _BON, single hold “<2” for _ACC. Marked: ┗━━…━━┛
299 ³) 'South paw' hardware configuration. Configurable, default shown.
300 ⁴) 'Arrow' hardware configuration Configurable, default shown.
301 ³ ⁴) There are two more optional hardware keys, to make it easier to compile for
302 a 12x12x12x11 or 12x12x12x12 layouts.
303 ⁵) Left Shift when pressed with another key. Medium long: to toggle _PAD. Long: toggle _MOV.
304 ⁶) Right shift when pressed with another key. medium long: to toggle _FUN. Long: toggle _RAR.
305
306Remarks: The left modifiers have a slight delay in combination with an outside pointer device (mouse, stylus).
307It seems this will be difficult to fix, because it is spread over two devices. To avoid the
308±0.2 second delay, activate a layer where the modifiers are direct (`_PAD`, `_MOV`), using the layer toggle on
309left shift.
310
311The two keys with ';' (Del;`_ACC`, Right;`_RAR`) do not auto-repeat on double tap, like QMK normal layer-tap keys.
312
313There is an uncluttered _Delete_ on `_PAD`, an uncluttered _Right_ arrow on the `_MOV` layer.
314
315There is an uncluttered _Tab_ on both the `_DRA` and `_ACC` layers. They can be modified with _Control_ there.
316
317Holding both `_..._NSY` keys left and right of the "split space bar" (enter, space) results in layer `_DRA`.
318
319Holding either one of the just above mentioned `_..._NSY` layer keys (<3 and 3>), with the `_ACC` layer key
320(on <2) results in layer `_BON`.
321
322- - -
323
324 Layer _..._NSY (Numbers and SYmbols, ./base* files for what comes on ‛__’)
325
326 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
327 -*- <|> //(toggle) Access on _FUN
328 BASE __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ Bspc
329 Tab+LCtl __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ __+RCtl
330 -+LSht __ __ __ __ __ | __ __ __ __ __ __+RSht
331 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
332 Left+LAlt ___ ___ Ent | . ___ RGUI Right+RAlt
333 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) Access on _DEF_BASE
334 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
335 ^ ^
336 (LGUI) (_MOV)
337
338- - -
339
340 Layer _FUN (F-keys, Layer access)
341
342 <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
343 toggl toggl set toggl toggl toggl | toggl toggl // Type of layer switch
344 <|>
345 BASE: NUMS: _PAD _ACC _DRA _BON | _MOV _RAR xxx xxx xxx Bspc //':' are dynamic ...
346 LCtl F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 | F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 RCtl
347 LSht F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 | F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 RSht
348 ---------------------------------------------------------------------*-- //-*- toggle on Base
349 LAlt LCtl& LCtl& LSht& | FUN< +LCtl&LSht RGUI RAlt //... < toggle 'stay'
350 LSht LAlt LAlt | &LAlt
351 +xxx +xxx +xxx | +xxx
352 <|>
353 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
354 ^ ^
355 (LGUI) (_MOV)
356
357Remarks. FUN< toggles an immediate return to the Base layer after pressing an F-key,
358or staying on the `_FUN` layer. Right led yellow indicates F-layer stays active.
359
360- - -
361
362This is the _triangle_ configuration for arrows, arrow are on left hand (WASD):
363
364 Layer _MOV (MOVement, mouse movement on right hand)
365
366 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
367 <|>-*-
368 Base PgDn Up PgUp Home Btn3 | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp
369 LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl
370 LSht xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 Btn2 | Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 Btn5 xxx RSht
371 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
372 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn RGUI RAlt
373 -*-<|>
374 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
375 ^ ^
376 (LGUI) (DOWN)
377
378
379Remarks. For the Minivan _arrow_ hardware layout with arrow cluster, you get this on ‛Base’:
380
381 (…)
382 LSht+_PAD ;: qQ jJ kK xX | bB mM wW vV zZ RSht+_FUN
383 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
384 Left+LAlt Del;_ACC _..._NSY(_DRA) Enter+_MOV| Space _..._NSY(_DRA) RGUI _MOV Right;_RAR
385 ^^^^ // new key (toggle)
386
387… and this on `_MOV` for the _triangle_ configuration:
388
389 (…)
390 LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 Btn2 | Btn2 Btn3 Btn4 Btn5 _Up_ RSht
391 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
392 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn _Left__Down__Right_
393 -*-<|>
394 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
395 ^
396 (LGUI)
397
398… or this on `_MOV` for the _triangle_ arrow configuration with additional _navigation_ keys:
399
400 BASE PgDn Up PgUp Home _Btn4_ | xxx WhDn MsUp WhU WhLft Bksp
401 LCtl Left Down Right End Btn1 | Btn1 MsLft MsDn MsRht WhRht RCtl
402 LSht*- xxx Acc2 Acc1 Acc0 _Btn5_ | Btn2 Btn3 _Home__PgUp_ _Up_ _PgDn_
403 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
404 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _End_ _Left__Down__Right_
405 -*-<|>
406 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
407 ^
408 (LGUI)
409
410
411This is the _flat_ configuration for arrows, arrow are on right hand:
412
413 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
414 <|>-*-
415 BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx | Btn3 PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp
416 LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl
417 LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx | Btn2 Acc0 Acc1 Acc2 xxx RSht
418 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
419 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp PgDn RGUI RAlt
420 -*-<|>
421 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
422 ^ ^
423 (LGUI) (DOWN)
424
425For the Minivan _arrow_ hardware layout with _flat_ arrow cluster, you get this on `_MOV`:
426
427 (…)
428 BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx | Btn3 PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp
429 LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl
430 LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx | Btn2 Acc0 Acc1 Acc2 xxx RSht
431 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
432 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _UP_ _Down__Right_
433 -*-<|>
434 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
435 ^
436 (LGUI)
437
438… or this on `_MOV` for the _flat_ arrow configuration with additional _navigation_ keys:
439
440 BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx |_Acc2_ PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp
441 LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Btn1 Left Up Down Right RCtl
442 LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx |_Acc1_ Acc0 _PgUp__Home__End_ _PgDn_
443 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
444 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _UP_ _Down__Right_
445 -*-<|>
446 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
447 ^
448 (LGUI)
449
450… or this on `_MOV` for the _flat_ arrow configuration, […], and vi(1) layout:
451
452 <pinky2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
453 <|>-*-
454 BASE WLft WDn WUp WRht xxx |_Acc2_ PgUp Home End PgDn Bksp
455 LCtl MLft MDn MUp MRht Btn1 | Left Down Up Right Btn1 RCtl // vi as in Qwerty
456 LSht*- Btn5 Btn4 Btn3 Butn2 xxx |_Acc1_ Acc0 _PgUp__Home__End_ _PgDn_
457 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
458 LAlt Del Ent ___ | PgUp _Left_ _Down__Up_ _Right_ // vi as in Qwerty
459 -*-<|>
460 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> _±_ 1>
461 ^
462 (LGUI)
463
464For the 'arrow' hardware layout (additional key on the right), keys on the first
465row are sacrificed and lost. The right most key on the second row is also lost.
466The two keys on places 3 and 4 when counting from the right on the second row,
467are being moved to the spots for Btn2 and Btn3 on the hand that also has the
468arrows (those keys are otherwise twice defined for left and right hand).
469
470- - -
471
472 _RAR (RARe keys. Power keys, Unicode mode, Alternate Base, Media, Brightness, Speed, Size, leds, …)
473
474 <pink2<pinky <ring <middl <indexx<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky> pink2>
475 <|> -*- //(toggle) on _FUN
476 BASE Cnt/Mx Cnull CWmin CRprt Speed | SRprt Play Next Prev Stop RSht(•)
477 CapsL Power• Wake• Sleep• Pause• ScrLk | PrtSc xxx Vol+ Vol- Mute Insert // • requires Shift
478 ☑ uLNX uBSD uOSX uWIN uWNC | xxx xxx Bri+ Bri- xxx APP // Ü(nicode) tester
479 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
480 SLed MLeds LGUI xxx | !Alter xxx RGUI ___ // Mid-led, Side-leds, !Alternate
481 <|> -*- // (Hold) on Base
482 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
483 ^ ^
484 (LGUI) (_MOV)
485
486Remarks. !Alter switches between normal and alternate Base layer.
487
488☑ is a Unicode tester key. uLNX for Linux Unicode input encoding, uBSD
489for BSD Unix, uWIN for Windos, uWNC for another Windos encoding. The
490change is retained between on/off power cycles.
491
492MLed switches on/off the middle led, SLeds switches on/off the side leds.
493
494The keys marked with • require Shift to be activated, as a means of
495preventing accidents. Shift here is on (Base) 'Backspace' (upper/right key)
496which also reduces accidents (combinations which are never pressed
497normally). If you press these keys without 'shift' they print their own
498name between angled brackets. Example: pressing the 2nd key on the 3rd
499row prints `“<POWER>”`.
500
501Bri+, Bri-: screen brightness (if your system supports it.)
502
503Speed: toggles speed measuring on/off. SRprt: writes your speed.
504See topic about Speed measuring.
505
506Cnt/Mx, Cnull CWmin, CRprt: text size measuring. See topic.
507
508- - -
509
510
511 Layer _PAD Numbers Pad (special symbol versions; regular '1' is not the same as this numpad '1', etc)
512
513 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
514 -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN
515 BASE xxx xxx .DEL 4LEFT 2DOWN | 8UP 6RGHT * xxx xxx Bspc
516 LCtl 1END 2DOWN 3PGDN 4LEFT 5 | 6RGHT 7HOME 8UP 9PGUP 0INS -
517 LSht xxx xxx / xxx = | + 3PGDN 1END 7HOME 9PGUP RSht
518 -*------------------------------------------------------------------------- //-*- toggle on Base
519 LAlt Del Tab ENT | NUML xxx RGUI RAlt
520 <|>
521 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
522 ^ ^
523 (LGUI) (_MOV)
524
525Remarks: The keys between `.DEL` and `*`, `+` and `RSht` constitute sort of
526navigation clusters, to make it easier to find the number pad versions thereof.
527
528This is the variety for `_PAD` layer, which resembles a numerical keypad:
529
530 Layer _PAD (Number pad, square layout)
531
532 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring>pin>pink2>
533 <|>
534 BASE xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | = 7HOME 8UP 9PGUP - Bspc
535 LCtl xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | * 4LEFT 5 6RGHT + RCtl
536 LSht xxx xxx xxx xxx xxx | / 1END 2DOWN 3PGDN , RSht
537 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
538 LAlt Del Tab ENT | NUML 0INS .DEL RAlt
539 <|>
540 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> ± 2> 1>
541 ^ ^
542 (LGUI) (RGUI)¹
543
544 ₁) Note anomaly, see Base Numpad for details `./base_numpad.md`.
545 Different placement and different meaning, compared to the usual common layers.
546
547- - -
548
549
550 Layer _ACC (ACCented characters, see _RAR layer for input modes)
551
552 <pink2 <pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
553 -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN
554 BASE áÁ óÓ éÉ úÚ íÍ | ýÝ ijIJ çÇ øØ åÅ Bksp
555 LCTL(Tab) äÄ öÖ ëË üÜ ïÏ | ÿŸ œŒ æÆ ñÑ ß μ
556 LSht àÀ òÒ èÈ ùÙ ìÌ | îÎ ûÛ êÊ ôÔ â RSht
557 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
558 LAlt ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt
559 -*- <|> //(hold) on Base
560 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
561 … …
562
563- - -
564
565
566 Layer _DRA (DRAwings, whatever else (rendering width might vary in different applications))
567
568 <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
569 -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN
570 BASE “„ ”≤ £≥ ∅ ¢ ±ƒ | ❦♥ 🙂🙁 👍👎 ⁽₍ ⁾₎ Bspc
571 Tab ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ | ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ RCTL
572 LSht 「━ 」─ °〇 •§ …· | ☐☒ ☑🗹 ¿¡ 《┄ 》┅ RSht // ☐ ☒ ☑ 🗹 or ⮘ ⮙ ⮚ ⮛
573 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
574 LAlt ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ RAlt
575 -*- <|> -*- //(hold) on Base
576 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
577 ^ ^
578 (LGUI) (_MOV)
579
580Remarks. ☐ ☒ ☑ 🗹 or ⮘ ⮙ ⮚ ⮛
581- - -
582
583 Layer _BON (Bonus layer, a variety of more stuffs.)
584
585 <pink2<pinky<ring <middl<index<indx2| indx2>index>middl>ring> pinky>pink2>
586 -*- <|> //(toggle) on _FUN
587 BASE ‛ 🛠 ’ ⬆ ¤ 🄯 ∑ © ‰ ‱ | ★ ٭ 😊 ⍨ × ⃰ √ ⁻ ⁺ Bksp
588 `~ ① ⬅ ② ⬇ ③ ➡ ④ ┏ ⑤ ┓ | ⑥ ┃ ⑦ ┇ ⑧ ╋ ⑨ ⓪ ∞ — ≈ // — is a dash (larger)
589 LSht ‹ › ÷ ☞ ┗ ≠ ┛ | ✗ ┣ ✓ ┫ ⚠ « » RSht
590 -------------------------------------------------------------------------
591 Left ___ ___ Ent | Spc ___ ___ Right
592 -*- -*- <|> -*- // Activation on Base
593 <1 ± <2 <3 <4 | 4> 3> 2> ± 1>
594 ^ ^
595 (LGUI) (_MOV)
596
597- - -
598
5994.5 Movement layer options
600--------------------------
601The movement layer (`_MOV`) has several configuration options. You
602can either have _triangle_ configuration arrows on the _left_ hand
603(with navigation keys around it), or a _flat_ arrow configuration on
604the _right_ hand (with navigation above it).
605
606You can configure for the _arrow_ hardware layout (one additional hardware
607key on the right). The additional key on the Base layer can toggle to the
608movement layer, and than becomes part of the arrow cluster. For both
609versions (_triangle_ arrows left hand or _flat_ arrows right hand) you
610can compile this second arrow cluster to be completed with navigation keys
611(Home, End, PageUp, PageDown).
612
613![Minivan layout Image MOV 3 defaultf](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_mov_layer_flat_hw-basic_vb.jpg)
614
615![Minivan layout Image MOV 3b default](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_mov_layer_triangle_hw-basic_vb.jpg)
616
617^ `#define ARROWS_TRIANGLE`
618
619![Minivan illustration BASE towards 3](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_layer_illustration_base_mov_hw-arrow_vb.jpg)
620
621^ Illustration of accessing the arrows/navigation with a key on the Base layer
622
623![Minivan layout Image MOV 3b + arrow](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_mov_layer_hardw-arrow_triangle_vb.jpg)
624
625^ `#define ARROWS_TRIANGLE`, `MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`, `MORE_key2 _MOV_UP`
626
627![Minivan layout Image MOV 3b + navig](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_mov_layer_hardw-arrow_triangle_addnav_vb.jpg)
628
629^ `#define ARROWS_TRIANGLE`, `MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`, `MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION`, `MORE_key2 _MOV_UP` (note change on previously BTN2/3)
630
631![Minivan layout Image MOV 3 + arrows](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_mov_layer_hardw-arrow_flat_vb.jpg)
632
633^ `#define MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`, `MORE_key2 _MOV_UP`
634
635![Minivan layout Image MOV 3 + naviga](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_mov_layer_hardw-arrow_flat_addnav_vb.jpg)
636
637^ `#define MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`, `MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION`, `MORE_key2 _MOV_UP` (note change on previously BTN2/3)
638
639![Minivan layout Image MOV 3 vi arrow](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_mov_layer_vi_vb.jpg)
640
641^ `#define` \[`MORE_KEY__ARROW`, `MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER`\] `VI_SWITCHERYDOO`, `#undef ARROWS_TRIANGLE`
642
6434.6 Numbers pad layer options
644-----------------------------
645This concerns the numbers pad layer, the one that is part of the common layers.
646
647![Minivan layout Image PAD](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_pad_layer_vc.jpg)
648
649![Minivan layout Image PAD squared](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_pad_layer_squared_vb.jpg)
650
651^ `#define NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE`
652
6535 Led colors for layers
654=======================
655 • letters Led: low-white/teal/off⁽¹⁾ _DEF_BASE "Default base"
656 • letters (alternate) Led: off/teal/low-white _ALT_BASE "Alternate base"
657 • numbers Led: blue/blue/blue _DEF_NSY "Default Numbers SYmbols"
658 • numbers (alternate) Led: blue/blue/low-white _ALT_NSY "Alternate Numbers SYmbols"
659 • number pad symbol versions Led: green/low-white/blue ⁽²⁾ _PAD "numbers PAD"
660 • accented characters é, ø, ß … Led: cyan/cyan/cyan _ACC "ACCented"
661 • Unicode symbols, ¹, ±, ° … Led: yellow/yellow/yellow _DRA "DRAwings"
662 • Unicode symbols, ①, ‰, ÷ … Led: off/yellow/off _BON "Bonus"
663 • function keys, Led: red/red/orange ⁽³⁾ _FUN "FUNction keys"
664 • and a movement layer Led: green/green/green _MOV "MOVement"
665 • keys like Power, Play, Led: white/purple/purple ⁽⁴⁾ _RAR "RARe keys"
666
667 Leds:
668 • ⁽¹⁾ The low-white led is bright-white when capslock is on. Optionally the middle led (cyan) can
669 show the color of the last layer that was active.
670 • ⁽²⁾ The colors are reversed blue/low-white/green when numlock is on.
671 Left led color memory aid: same as either numbers or movement layer for numlock on/off.
672 • ⁽³⁾ The colors are reversed to orange/red/red when set to de-activate after one F-key press.
673 • ⁽⁴⁾ The colors are reversed purple/purple/white, indicating which of the two base layers
674 is active (see below).
675 • Middle led: Breathing effect. When not breathing, keyboard is not working normally with the computer.
676 - When speed measurement is active, the middle led color indicates the speed, unless
677 text size counting set to a maximum is active.
678 - When text size counting is active and set to a maximum amount, the middle led color
679 indicates progress to the limit from green to red, flipping white/red on the limit.
680 - When on Base layer it shows a teal color, or (compile option) the layer most recently active.
681 - When the left/right leds are off, when on Base, it shows a teal color (not last active), even
682 if so compiled.
683 • Leds can be switched on/off on the _RAR layer (SLeds, MLed).
684
685
6866 Compile options
687=================
688 Layout
689
690 • Several layouts to choose from: Qwerty, Dvorak, Colemak, Workman, Numpad.
691
692 • You can use the keyboard with two different letters/number-symbols layouts.
693
694 Hardware
695
696 • Hardware key configurations: _default_ (44), _arrow_ (45), _south paw_ (45), _arrow_ + _south paw_ (46).
697
698![Minivan illustration 0](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan_illustration_arrow_southpaw.jpg)
699 (On the `_RAR` layer, the additional _south paw_ key is more to the right.)
700
701 • What the additional hardware keys for _arrow,_ _south paw_ should be.
702
703 Navigation cluster
704
705 • An arrow cluster for _arrow_ hardware configuration, on the `_MOV` layer.
706
707 • All navigation keys around _arrow_ hardware configuration arrow cluster on `_MOV` layer.
708
709 • Navigation cluster in a triangle (WASD) (left hand), or flat layout with optional vi(1) layout.
710
711 Numpad (in common layers)
712
713 • Numpad with numbers in a row.
714
715 • Numpad with layers in a block form.
716
717 Special functions
718
719 • Set speed measuring on/off at keyboard startup.
720
721 • Set text size measuring on/off at keyboard startup.
722
723 Changing symbols
724
725 • Switching the GUIs left/right, and some other specific key changes.
726
727 • Reduce firmware size/bloat: remove or eviscerate Unicode layer(s).
728
729 For the complete list, see `./user_config.h`.
730
7317 Language support
732==================
733
7347.1 Input methods
735=================
736There seem to generally be two ways in QMK for typing a language other than English.
737One is to use a language specific remapping on the computer operating side, and
738to use the QMK supplied symbols in the keymaps. This may include the use of a “dead key”.
739Presumably you can also still use the Unicode symbols.
740
741⚠ *There are currently no such Base pair layouts available. If this is the method you want,
742you may want to look elsewhere.*
743
744The other way is to type the additional symbols in Unicode. _The computer
745operating must understand these special sequences._ Several Unicode
746input modes are available, which can be changed while the keyboard is
747running. There is no need for a “dead key”. The language setting
748in the computer operating system can be set to English. This layout is
749designed for this method, to avoid the dead key problem.
750
7517.2 Unicode symbols
752===================
753For the remainder of this chapter the Unicode input method is assumed.
754
755You may be able to type your language, with the help of some of the Unicode
756layers and one of these layouts: Qwerty, Dvorak, Coleman, Workman. The following
757languages might work for you this way.
758
759 • Dutch (éëèïijí)
760 • English (—“”‛’)
761 • French (çœæéèàòùîûêôâëïüÿ)
762 • German (äöüß)
763 • Norwegian, Danish (œæøå, éêèëóêò, üáà …)
764 • Spanish (¿¡ñ)
765 • Swedish (äåö …)
766
767The following quotation marks are available, which seems it would cover these languages:
768
769 'test' "test" “test” „test” ‛test’ ,test’¹ «test» ‹test› 《test》 「test」 — test
770
771 ¹) Left side is a basic comma.
772
773See the `_ACC` _accented characters_ layer for all characters with diacretic markings.
774If you miss a symbol, you could replace one you don't use and add it yourself (by
775reprogramming the source code).
776
7778 Speed measuring
778=================
779 ‛Speed’ starts speed measuring.
780 ‛SRprt’ stands for ‛Speed Report’:
781 • Tap to get your speed report.
782 • Hold for a while for led color compilation (see below).
783 ☞ Text size counting (see below) middle led colors take precedence,
784 when a maximum is set, over layer colors or speed measurement.
785
786With the key ‛Speed’ on the `_RAR` layer, the speed of your latest
787completed batch of 25 keypresses is computed, as well as the average of
788all your batches of 25 keys. The speed is displayed as the color of the
789middle led, which otherwise shows the layer color. A bright white middle
790led indicates ‛Speed’ has just been activated.
791
792With the key ‛SRprt’ (short for ‛Speed Report’), the keyboard
793will write your typing speed either in keystrokes per second (k/s)
794or words-per-minute (wpm), depending on your compilation configuration.
795
796“Keystrokes per second” uses the following format: `<A k/s B.B k/s
797Cx25keys>`. A is the amount of key presses per second (k/s) of your
798last batch, B.B is your average over the last C batches of keys.
799When using “Words per minute”, A is in word-per-minute, B is also
800in words-per-minute: `<A wpm B wpm Cx25keys>`, no decimal precision.
801Example: <150wpm;108wpm20x25keys>
802
803Batches with 0 k/s are not counted to the average. You can take a
804longer break without it affecting your average.
805
8068.1 Speed Led color compilation assist
807--------------------------------------
808If you hold the ‛Speed Report’ key for one second, it will increment the
809speed, and led color accordingly. This can be helpful when configuring
810your speed measuring compile settings. This works best with speed
811measuring set off.
812
8139 Text size measuring
814=====================
815 ‛Cnt/Mx’ stands for ‛Count/Maximum’:
816 • Tap to start counting, tap again to suspend.
817 • Hold > 0.5 seconds for maximum menu.
818 ‛Cnull’ stands for ‛Count null’:
819 • Tap to set the counts to zero.
820 ‛CWmin’ stands for ‛Count Word minus’:
821 • Tap to detract one word from the word count.
822 • Hold > 0.5 seconds to detract 10 words.
823 ‛CRprt’ stands for ‛Count Report’:
824 • Tap to get a counting report.
825 ☞ ‛Count’ and ‛Speed’ (see above) reports get added to the
826 character count, but not to the word count.
827 ☞ Auto-repeating keys do not get counted as characters.
828
829You can count your text by character and word, by activating the key
830‛Count’ on the `_RAR` layer. Pressing ‛Count’ again will suspend
831counting, pressing it yet again resumes where the count left off earlier.
832The middle led turns cyan when no maximum is set (see below),
833or to green when it is set.
834
835You can set a maximum to type, with the ‛Cnt/Mx’ key. In your
836editor (or wherever typing these characters is harmless) you will get
837the following menu by pressing the ‛Cnt/MX’ key for at least half
838a second: `<Nc|w>`. In here: *N* stands for your numerical input, *c*
839for a maximum count in *characters* or *w* for a maximum in *words.*
840
841Start typing a number, finish with either *c* or *w* to make the maximum
842be counted in either characters or words. If you want to leave the
843menu before giving *c* or *w*, enter a *dot* ‛.’ or ‛Escape’,
844which will leave the maximum value at 0 (zero). A maximum value of zero
845implies there is no maximum.
846
847Setting a maximum of 1000 characters looks like so:
848
849 Hold ‛Cnt/MX’ results in: `<Nc|w>`
850 Then type “1000” results in: `<Nc|w>1000`
851 Then type “c” results in: `<Nc|w>1000->1000c`
852 At this point the keyboard is out of this special input menu.
853
854 The keyboard indicates what it accepted as your input, by
855 repeating the number, just before your last input is being printed.
856
857With a maximum established, the middle led color goes from green to red,
858as you type. When the maximum is reached, the keyboard will output a
859Backspace character for every key you subsequently press, making it
860impossible to go any further, until text size counting has been disabled,
861or the count is reduced. The middle led changes color between red and
862white while at the maximum set size, for every new input character.
863
864To get your word count report, press ‛CReport’ short for: ‛Count
865Report’. It comes in the form: `<Ac;Bw>`, where A is your character
866count, and B is your word count. Example: `<5420c;547w>`.
867
868When a maximum is established, the report will only be given in
869either characters or words, and the maximum is given with it, like so:
870`<66w>[200w]`. 66 words have been written, a maximum of 200 words has
871been set.
872
873If you have a maximum established and use it across different articles,
874you no longer have the total count. You can activate speed measuring,
875which in its report includes the total characters pressed.
876
8779.1 Text size Usage
878-------------------
879It is assumed that you will take the report in the document you are
880editing, and then delete it. If you do character counting, the value of
881the report itself is added to the character count. Therefore you should
882delete that without using an auto-repeating on the deletion key. That
883way the characters are subtracted again.
884
885If you count in words, the report is not added to the word count. You
886can delete it however you want.
887
888This works the same for a ‛*Speed* Report’ you might like to take.
889You can take it in the document, and then delete it in the same,
890without affecting the text size counting in characters or words.
891When deleting keys with Backspace or Delete, the character count goes down
892accordingly, the word count does not.
893
894Words are counted by counting Space and Enter key presses. Immediately
895repeating blanks do not add to the word count. You can only manually
896subtract from the word count, using the key ‛CWmin’ short for ‛Count
897Word minus’. This means that if you delete sections in your document,
898you need to manually subtract the same words.
899
900Example: after typing something and then typing `<Enter>` twice to start a
901new paragraph, counts for one word. When deleting three words with their
902three blank areas, then tapping ‛Count Word minus’ three times,
903should result in an accurate word count. To add words to the count,
904type mock ones and then delete them: “x x x x” adds *three* words,
905“y y y ” also adds three words (three separate blank spaces).
906
907Layer changes, shift and unusual/complex keys do not get counted.
908Navigation, arrow and mouse keys do not get counted. Auto-repeating
909of keys does not affect the *character* count, therefore should be avoided
910if you want to count in characters.
911
91210 Making your own base layer(s)
913================================
914You can insert your own `_DEF_BASE`, `_DEF_NSY` and/or `_ALT_BASE`, `_ALT_NSY`
915Base plus number/symbols layer pairs, integrate it nicely with the rest
916of the code, and re-define a special characters layer to go with it if
917you want (etc). The idea is to make it easy to change the alphanumerical
918keys, while leaving the modifiers, layer switch keys etc. the same.
919`YOUR_KEYMAP` stands for a name you choose.
920
921First we will look at a simple keymap, without its own configuration
922options or header file.
923
924 ① Make a file named: `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c`), with at least
925 those two layers: _..._BASE and _..._NSY. It is probably best to
926 copy one of the existing `./base_....c` files, and edit that.
927
928 ② Add a #define to `./user_config.h`:
929 #define BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE
930 #define BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE
931 Under the topic ‛Base layers’ there is a comment to help you.
932
933 ③ Edit ./keymap.c to have your new file #included, using your just defined
934 preprocessor element. Close to the other #includes is a comment there to
935 help you. Look just under the line with this, in ./keymap.c:
936
937 const uint16_t PROGMEM keymaps[][MATRIX_ROWS][MATRIX_COLS] = {
938 (…)
939 // // ⬇ insert your ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c #include here:
940
941 // # if defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE)
942 // # include "./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c" // Your Keymap.
943 // # endif
944
945Now you have integrated your base layers alternative. To compile it:
946
947 ④ _Activate_ your #define BASES_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE or
948 BASES_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE in `./user_config.h`,
949 _Remove_ any other base layers from being defined on the
950 same spot _DEF_BASE or _ALT_BASE to prevent a conflict.
951
952 ⑤ Check Pre-processing with:
953 > gcc -E keymap.c | less
954
955 ⑥ Compile and flash to your keyboard.
956
957You can redefine any layer in your new `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c`
958You can do that by setting one or more of the `BASESFILE_LAYER_...` defines in
959your own `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c` file. See near the top of an existing
960`./base_....c` file for clues.
961`_ACC` in particular is a layer meant to augment a keymap with special
962characters for a given language/layout in the base layer(s). Perhaps you
963want to redefine it, for example.
964
965Example: Having done the above points ① ➡ ④ for a `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c` file.
966Let's say you re-arranged keys on `_ACC` to suit ... French.
967
968 ⑦ In your `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c`:
969 #define `BASESFILE_LAYER_ACC`
970 The `_ACC` in ./keymap.c will now be ignored.
971
972You can re-define `_ACC` in your own file.
973
974 ⑧ Copy an existing `_ACC` layer into `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c`
975 Edit it so that French characters like ‛Ç’ ‛«»’, ‛œ’, ‛æ’,
976 ‛ô’, ‛é’ etc. are in positions that work best. You can look in
977 `unicode_weurope.h` to find some Unicode points already defined.
978
979 ⑨ Compile and flash to your keyboard.
980
981Now we will look at a more complicated keymap, where you are also altering
982preprocessor constants defined in `./user_config.h`. (Warning, perhaps this
983is overkill … ;-)
984
985Example: the `./base_numpad.c` has an option to entirely eviscerate the
986`_PAD` layer, for convenience. (Why is this even useful ? Good question !
987One reason could be that it can set up a default, so that anyone who chooses
988this `./base_numpad.c` Base layer, automatically is eviscerating the `_PAD`
989_common_ layer, without having to do anything else. On the downside, it
990could be confusing that one option is configured in two places.)
991
992Having done the above points ⑦ ➡ ⑧ as well, let's say for some reason you
993need to reverse Left GUI and Right GUI.
994
995 ⑨ Copy your User Configuration Block at the top of your `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.c`
996 and the GPL License, and place that in a new _header_ file:
997 `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h`
998
999 ① ⓪ Write the necessary code to set and unset the constant
1000 `SWITCH_GUIS` in your `./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h` file You are encouraged
1001 to write code which overrides any setting in `./user_config.h, for
1002 those constants which you choose to affect, for simplicity sake.
1003 (This is not a C programming manual, so it won't get into this.)
1004
1005 ① ① Look in `./user_config.h`, and #include your header file there, in
1006 a similar way as was done for your C code file. It should be just
1007 below the user configuration block, and has a template for you.
1008
1009 ① ② Compile, flash and test.
1010
1011 ① ③ It would be nice to put a remark on the general preprocessor constants
1012 which you might be affecting, that your keymap could be affecting them.
1013 You would edit the ./user_config.h comments with a short one line notice,
1014 such as:
1015
1016 *
1017 * ⚠ Note: ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h can overrides this setting, if compiled with that ‛Base’ layer.
1018 */
1019
1020Putting your `*.h` header file in `./user_config.h` isn't strictly
1021necessary, unless you alter “general preprocessor constants”
1022defined in `./user_config` (not local constants for your keymap only).
1023
1024Perhaps a separate header file is overkill. On the other hand, whatever
1025preprocessor logic is necessary after user configuration has been given,
1026can be handled in one place, if #included as suggested. It allows you
1027to override the settings in `./user_config.h` from your header file
1028(because it is #included immediately below those). If a user is playing with
1029keymaps Base compile choices, it could be convenient to play with
1030`./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h` settings, have everything that could be relevant
1031close at hand, then forgetting about those settings once compiling
1032with another Base layer, and be able to return to it with previous
1033configuration already done.
1034
1035You can also just #include your header file at the top of your
1036`./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h` file, if it does not touch anything else but your
1037local keymap.
1038
103911 Eviscerations
1040================
1041Cutting down the keymap reduces the firmware size, and helps reducing
1042mental clutter from having masses of symbols you might never want to use.
1043
1044You can compile as a single layout. Define only a ‛Default’ base pair,
1045and set `MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT` (`./user_config.h`). The leds for the
1046base layers letters and numbers&symbols, will show up as they would for
1047the ‛Alternate’ layer in a dual layout compilation.
1048
1049You can remove the layers `_ACC`, `_DRA` and/or `_BON` (see
1050`./user_config.h` around `REMOVE_ACC`).
1051
1052You can remove a set of symbols from one or more of Unicode layers,
1053such as not having box drawing characters on `_BON`, or no sub-script
1054numbers on `_DRA`.
1055
105612 Key associations
1057===================
1058The keymap was designed to have the same or similar keys on the same key
1059or close to it, on different layers. Sometimes the association goes by
1060what finger is used, and/or on what row. For example the symbol ‛(’
1061on the numbers-symbols layer (`_NSY`), becomes the symbol ‛⁽’ on
1062another layer.
1063
1064![Minivan layout Image associations](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/minivan-relationships_common_1500_vd.jpg)
1065
106613 Trouble shooting
1067===================
1068 • Compiling
1069
1070 If the firmware is too large, you can try using a different version
1071 of the compiler, or you may have to reduce size by removing certain
1072 options.
1073
1074 • Unicode
1075
1076 Unicode is chaos: try going to `_RAR` layer, and hit the Unicode
1077 operating system buttons.
1078
1079 • Leds
1080
1081 Leds not working after flashing firmware: try going to `_RAR` layer,
1082 and hit the key MLeds and SLeds, which switch Leds on/off.
1083
1084 • Weird layer jumping
1085
1086 You weirdly end up on the `_PAD`, `_FUN` or some other layer while
1087 typing ? If you jump to layers which are on Shift key toggles, this
1088 is a typing mistake.
1089
1090 • Difficult/impossible key combinations ?
1091
1092 An example of a difficult key combination is: the modifier Control,
1093 Shift, or Alt, with media key “volume up” (or down, etc). It may
1094 work to press and hold “Control” (which should communicate “Control
1095 depressed”), then activate `_RAR` layer with the hold key (which
1096 communicates nothing to the computer attached to the keyboard),
1097 press and let go “volume up” (which should communicate just that), let
1098 go of the `_RAR` layer (which again communicates nothing), let go of
1099 the Control key (which should communicate “Control released”)..
1100
110114 Why you want this layout
1102===========================
1103☞ This layout seems easy to learn and predictable.
1104
1105☞ The normally most used layer after letters is “numbers & symbols”
1106 (123…, !@#…, []/…, called `_NSY`). This layer you can access by either
1107 your left or right thumb, to spread fatigue.
1108
1109☞ Right hand pinky is no longer overused, as it is on regular keyboards.
1110
1111☞ 0-9 enumerations / numbers, they are on the same fingers as a standard
1112 keyboard.
1113
1114☞ The symbols normally reached by shifting a number, are also still on
1115 the same fingers.
1116
1117☞ Because one often uses an F-key only once, the layer can switch back
1118 to Base after an F-key is used.
1119
1120☞ Modifier combination keys on `_FUN` layer for use with F-keys.
1121
1122☞ The movement layer has a bunch of layout options, and allows for mouse
1123 use.
1124
1125☞ The layer with Power buttons protects you from accidental keystrokes
1126 on the critical keys.
1127
1128☞ If you need working with Control/Shift/Alt and a pointing device in
1129 right hand, you can quickly get uncluttered such keys by tapping left shift.
1130
1131☞ The accented layer makes it possible to set the keyboard in a mode
1132 on the computer side without dead-keys.
1133
1134☞ The second Unicode layer adds a fair amount of fun stuff to spice up
1135 your writing. Write H₂O, 2⁷·⁰=128, ±8 °C, §2.1, 2 ³/₈", a note⁴, £ 6.²⁵
1136 etc.
1137
1138☞ The third Unicode layer adds a proper dash — and French style
1139 quotations «»‹› and other stuff. ① «Ça va bien», ② 5 × 3 ≠ 14,
1140 ③ .083% ÷ 2 ≈ 4‱ ➡ 4.₁₅‱
1141
1142 ┏━━━━━━┓
1143 ┃ test ┃
1144 ┅━╋━━━━━━┛
1145 ┇ ④
1146
1147☞ Speed and text size measuring, including to set a maximum on your text input.
1148 These are features not part off regular keyboards.
1149
1150☞ Easy to create your own dual layout for letters / numbers.
1151
1152☞ If you do want to reprogram the code, it has a lot of comments to make
1153 it easier to follow.
1154
1155
115615 BUGS
1157=======
1158 No real bugs known currently. Just some minor issues …
1159
1160 The tilde ~ on the numbers-symbols layer should logically be reached on the second
1161 row without the need for _shift,_ however there seems to be a QMK limitation
1162 with this. No work around has been attempted as of yet. (It seems to be a minor issue;
1163 using shift for once seems OK.)
1164
1165 `LCTL_T` `( KC_TAB )` is not seen as a blank by word counting, use as Control is not
1166 ignored in character counting. (This minor issue is ignored for now. Tab is not
1167 normally used in text writing.)
1168
1169 The eviscerations may not have been worked out yet into the ultimate scrubbing of
1170 everything that may have become redundent, because it does complicate the code with
1171 a lot of #defines. Perhaps it should be done eventually, if there is an actual need.
1172
1173
117416 Resources
1175============
1176This links to an external file, with some development resources like
1177Gimp .xcf files, pre-compiled hex files, …
1178
1179[Resources](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/ "Additional resources")
1180
118117 Author(s)
1182============
1183 This keymap.c was edited from the Minivan default, original LED
1184 support was copied/edited from ../jetpacktuxedo/ keymap. Thanks to
1185 QMK support for their help, especially Drashna.
1186
1187 _Personal note:_ This keymap came about because of a sudden need
1188 for a replacement keyboard. It took over a year to make (≈ 1.5 h/day).
1189 The goal became to make a good keymap for everyone without the time to
1190 make one, in the best keyboard format: “40%”.
1191
1192![Keycaps blanks](http://socialism.nl/misc/minivan/keycaps_blanks_va.jpg)
1193
1194 Written on the Minivan: Jos Boersema. [contact](https://market.socialism.nl/author/ "get e-mail address there")
1195
1196 Contributions to this key map:
1197 - …
1198
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/rules.mk b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/rules.mk
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e6998240e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/rules.mk
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
1# Build Options
2# change to "no" to disable the options, or define them in the Makefile in
3# the appropriate keymap folder that will get included automatically
4#
5
6BOOTMAGIC_ENABLE = no # Virtual DIP switch configuration(+1000)
7MOUSEKEY_ENABLE = yes # Mouse keys(+4700)
8EXTRAKEY_ENABLE = yes # Audio control and System control(+450)
9CONSOLE_ENABLE = no # Console for debug(+400)
10COMMAND_ENABLE = no # Commands for debug and configuration
11NKRO_ENABLE = yes # Nkey Rollover - if this doesn't work, see here: https://github.com/tmk/tmk_keyboard/wiki/FAQ#nkro-doesnt-work
12BACKLIGHT_ENABLE = no # Enable keyboard backlight functionality
13AUDIO_ENABLE = no # Audio output on port C6
14UNICODE_ENABLE = no # Unicode
15BLUETOOTH_ENABLE = no # Enable Bluetooth with the Adafruit EZ-Key HID
16RGBLIGHT_ENABLE = yes # Enable Leds. If you set to “no”, that saves ≈ 13% of the firmware size.
17SLEEP_LED_ENABLE = no # Breathing sleep LED during USB suspend
18UNICODEMAP_ENABLE = yes #
19LTO_ENABLE = yes # To reduce firmware size
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/todo.md b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/todo.md
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6ab2f795b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/todo.md
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
1Todo:
2=====
3
4
5 § Further development
6
7 The following seem interesting for further development. However following the “scratch your
8 own itch” rule, perhaps it should be someone else's interest.
9
10 ☐ It seems fun to have a user friendly front end to compile the available variations of this keymap.
11 Such a front end could edit minifan_config_compact.h
12
13 ☐ Language specific keyboards, such as Qwertz and Azerty, etc.
14 Two option exist:
15 • Using an include like #include keymap_german.h (etc).
16 • If a language specific #include and computer language setting is not used, but merely some basics
17 such as a matching basic alphabet ABC…XYZ on Base, with some additional Unicode symbols for that
18 language on _ACC and or other Unicode layers, it might be simple to make, and avoid the dead key
19 problem. To go another step and recreate a key like ‛<>’ (as it seems to exist in Qwertz), would
20 seem to require macros in unicode_macros.c.
21
22 § Other:
23
24 ☐ Testing all user configurations
25 ☐ Porting to Planck keyboard.
26 ☐ Review/fix C indendation. QMK indentation is not my preferred style, and
27 therefore it is not entirely consistent.
28 ?☐ A lock mode, so that others cannot type on it if you walk off ?
29 ?☐ Fun and games: game layer.
30
31 ?☒ User defining macros (record/play user input), another special Base layer ? Is there
32 room for this, or how to create it if not.
33 ➡ It seems a bit odd to have a keyboard with internal registers. Probably better handled at the
34 application level, so that the keyboard remains a basic input device.
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.c b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f21379248
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.c
@@ -0,0 +1,2272 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2019, 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21/* This file contains mostly the Unicode and special macros.
22 It contains the function: process_record_user(...)
23 */
24
25#include "./unicode_macros.h"
26#include "./unicode_weurope.h"
27
28// Definition of ƒ (Dutch currency symbol).
29// Best changed in user_config.h, if you like a Euro symbol instead.
30//
31# ifndef UNICODE_CURRENCY // Prior optional definition in user_config.h
32# define UNICODE_CURRENCY 0x0192 // Hex number. The unicode hex number for position ƒ in the default keymap.
33# endif
34
35//
36// 🛠
37#define CS_USER_DEFINED 0x1F6E0 // Hammer & wrench (place holder).
38
39#define DIV10POINT TRUE // suggest to function write_number, to divide by 10 and print as a fraction: N.N
40
41// Converts integer value to Unicode. Also handles 'descramble' Unicode mode for DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF.
42// Unicode is a hexadecimal string (character) representation of the value, with a pre- and post-fix.
43void unicode_hex2output (long unsigned int unshifted, long unsigned int shifted) {
44
45 long unsigned int input; // which argument to work on
46 char output[10] ; // will hold the ascii for output
47 int index; // count backwards 'to left' in the string
48 long unsigned int bitmove; // move computation to next digit.
49 long unsigned int work; // temporary value for computation
50
51
52 // What to work on
53 if(shift_ison) input = shifted; // Trying to get everything possible here in this function, to reduce firmware size.
54 else input = unshifted;
55
56 //if (input < 0) input *= -1; // positive value
57
58 // Take the hex value 4 bits at a time, starting with the least significant, convert to ascii, store
59 index = 9;
60 output[index] = '\0'; // terminator
61 bitmove = 0x1;
62 while ((work = (input / bitmove)) && (index >= 0)) {
63 index --;
64 work &= 0xF;
65 if (work < 0xA){ // numbers
66 output[index] = work + 0x30; // pad to ASCII
67 }else{ // alphas
68# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // Do the letter descramble if needed.
69 if(_FULL_ == alternate){ // 0-9=0-9, a=a, b=n, c=i, d=h, e=d, f=y
70 if (0xA == work) output[index] = 'a';
71 if (0xB == work) output[index] = 'n';
72 if (0xC == work) output[index] = 'i';
73 if (0xD == work) output[index] = 'h';
74 if (0xE == work) output[index] = 'd';
75 if (0xF == work) output[index] = 'y';
76 }else{
77 output[index] = work - 9 + 0x40; // normal mode
78 }
79# else // The above is not relevant for anything else.
80 output[index] = work - 9 + 0x40; // normal mode
81# endif
82 }
83 bitmove *= 0x10; // next digit
84 }
85
86 // Put character(s) out in correct mode
87# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // Do the letter descramble if needed.
88 if (_FULL_ == alternate) { // This is the special 'descramble' output mode for a computer already set to Dvorak
89
90 SEND_STRING ( SS_DOWN(X_LCTRL) SS_DOWN(X_LSHIFT) "f" SS_UP(X_LSHIFT) SS_UP(X_LCTRL) ) ; // lead-in for Unicode on Linux, 'descramble' mode
91 send_string (output + index); // pointer to argument with formatted string
92 SEND_STRING ( " " ) ; // Ends the Unicode numerical input mode, replacing input with desired character (Linux)
93
94 }else{
95 // normal QMK Unicode output mode
96 send_unicode_hex_string (output + index); // pointer argument
97 }
98
99# else
100 send_unicode_hex_string (output + index); // pointer argument
101# endif
102
103}
104
105
106// Wrapper for unicode keys that do have the same on shift.
107void unicode_hex2output_single (long unsigned int either) {
108 unicode_hex2output (either, either) ;
109}
110
111
112// Required by QMK Unicode
113const uint32_t PROGMEM unicode_map[] = {
114
115};
116
117// Macro name definitions. The Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA and _BON are defined here,
118// because the Unicode map system does not have enough space (at time of this programming, year 2020).
119enum custom_keycodes {
120
121 // Macro, allowing the upper left button to switch to either _DEF_BASE base layer, or the _ALT_BASE base layer.
122 // Alternate is set on/half/off in the _RAR layer. The word "base" is used to avoid "default," because the default
123 // layer system call DF() is not being used.
124 CTO_BASE = SAFE_RANGE, // 'C' for costum, "TO" for to, "BASE" for chosen base layer
125
126 OTHER_BASE, // cycles modes: use _DEF_BASE, _ALT_BASE. For “dvorak²” layout (descramble) compile option, there is a third mode.
127
128# if defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE)
129 OTHER_BASE_GO, // Like OTHER_BASE, but also immediately switches to the other BASE layer.
130# endif
131
132 CTO_NUMS, // activates number-symbols layer, taking into account the dual layout mode
133 CTO_ACCE, // accented ''
134 CTO_DRAW, // drawings ''
135
136# ifndef CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP
137 CHOLTAP_ACCE, // Go to accented layer, or others in combination with other keys.
138# endif
139
140// Keys can be pressed together for a separate layer (like 'adjust layer' on the Planck).
141 DUO_HOLD,
142
143 CHOLTAP_RSHFT, // Go to _FUN layer, or shift modifier.
144 CHOLTAP_LSHFT, // Go to <configurable> layer, or shift modifier.
145 CHOLTAP_LAYR, // Go to _RAR layer, or right arrow
146
147// Special macro to make F-keys one-shot or not.
148 _FUN_STAY,
149
150// Layer toggle to be guaranteed on up-key, therefore macro definition here.
151 _MOV_UP,
152
153// These macros protect the critical keys like 'Power' from accidental press, by needing Shift to be pressed.
154 C_KC_PWR, // Powers computer off.
155 C_KC_WAKE,
156 C_KC_SLEP, // sleep computer
157 C_KC_PAUS, // pauze computer
158
159// Toggles side leds on/off.
160 LEDS_ON,
161 RGBTOG_,
162
163// Typing speed measuring
164 SPEED_TOG,
165 SPEED_REPORT,
166
167// Word/character counting
168 COUNT_TOG, // starts word counting
169 COUNT_REPORT, // writes to the computer as if typing, gives count report
170 COUNT_WORDMIN, // reduces the word count
171 COUNT_NULL, // resets count to zero
172 LT__MOV__KC_ENT, // move to layer _MOV, or <enter>
173
174// The _ACC layer, additional Unicode.
175# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer.
176 XP_ACC_AA ,
177 XP_ACC_AB ,
178 XP_ACC_AC ,
179 XP_ACC_AD ,
180 XP_ACC_AE ,
181 XP_ACC_AF ,
182 XP_ACC_AG ,
183 XP_ACC_AH ,
184 XP_ACC_AI ,
185 XP_ACC_AJ ,
186 XP_ACC_BA ,
187 XP_ACC_BB ,
188 XP_ACC_BC ,
189 XP_ACC_BD ,
190 XP_ACC_BE ,
191 XP_ACC_BF ,
192 XP_ACC_BG ,
193 XP_ACC_BH ,
194 XP_ACC_BI ,
195 XP_ACC_BJ ,
196 XP_ACC_BK ,
197 XP_ACC_CA ,
198 XP_ACC_CB ,
199 XP_ACC_CC ,
200 XP_ACC_CD ,
201 XP_ACC_CE ,
202 XP_ACC_CF ,
203 XP_ACC_CG ,
204 XP_ACC_CH ,
205 XP_ACC_CI ,
206 XP_ACC_CJ ,
207# endif // REMOVE_ACC
208
209# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer
210// The _DRA layer, additional Unicode.
211 XP_DRA_AA ,
212 XP_DRA_AB ,
213 XP_DRA_AC ,
214 XP_DRA_AD ,
215 XP_DRA_AE ,
216 XP_DRA_AF ,
217 XP_DRA_AG ,
218 XP_DRA_AH ,
219 XP_DRA_AI ,
220 XP_DRA_AJ ,
221 XP_DRA_BA ,
222 XP_DRA_BB ,
223 XP_DRA_BC ,
224 XP_DRA_BD ,
225 XP_DRA_BE ,
226 XP_DRA_BF ,
227 XP_DRA_BG ,
228 XP_DRA_BH ,
229 XP_DRA_BI ,
230 XP_DRA_BJ ,// XP_DRA_BK , // no 'BK' key definition on this layer
231 XP_DRA_CA ,
232 XP_DRA_CB ,
233 XP_DRA_CC ,
234 XP_DRA_CD ,
235 XP_DRA_CE ,
236 XP_DRA_CF ,
237# endif // REMOVE_DRA
238 XP_DRA_CG , // Needed for ☑ on Unicode tester key in _RAR
239# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer
240 XP_DRA_CH ,
241 XP_DRA_CI ,
242 XP_DRA_CJ ,
243# endif // REMOVE_DRA
244
245// The _BON layer, additional Unicode.
246# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
247 XP_BON_AA ,
248 XP_BON_AB ,
249 XP_BON_AC ,
250 XP_BON_AD ,
251 XP_BON_AE ,
252 XP_BON_AF ,
253 XP_BON_AG ,
254 XP_BON_AH ,
255 XP_BON_AI ,
256 XP_BON_AJ ,
257 XP_BON_BA ,
258 XP_BON_BB ,
259 XP_BON_BC ,
260 XP_BON_BD ,
261 XP_BON_BE ,
262 XP_BON_BF ,
263 XP_BON_BG ,
264 XP_BON_BH ,
265 XP_BON_BI ,
266 XP_BON_BJ ,
267 XP_BON_BK ,
268 XP_BON_CA ,
269 XP_BON_CB ,
270 XP_BON_CC ,
271 XP_BON_CD ,
272 XP_BON_CE ,
273 XP_BON_CF ,
274 XP_BON_CG ,
275 XP_BON_CH ,
276 XP_BON_CI ,
277 XP_BON_CJ ,
278# endif // REMOVE_BON
279};
280
281// Pre-existing function, called for every key up and down.
282// This function is sortof the hub of the whole thing.
283bool process_record_user(uint16_t keycode, keyrecord_t *record) {
284
285 // User input for the word count menu
286 if (sizecount_menu) {
287 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
288
289 switch (keycode) {
290 case KC_0: // read in how many is maximum
291 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10);
292 break;
293
294 case KC_1:
295 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 1;
296 break;
297
298 case KC_2:
299 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 2;
300 break;
301
302 case KC_3:
303 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 3;
304 break;
305
306 case KC_4:
307 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 4;
308 break;
309
310 case KC_5:
311 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 5;
312 break;
313
314 case KC_6:
315 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 6;
316 break;
317
318 case KC_7:
319 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 7;
320 break;
321
322 case KC_8:
323 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 8;
324 break;
325
326 case KC_9:
327 sizecount_max = (sizecount_max * 10) + 9;
328 break;
329
330 case KC_C: // count characters
331 sizecount_max_type = SIZECOUNT_CHAR;
332 sizecount_menu = FALSE;
333 break;
334
335 case KC_W: // count words
336 sizecount_max_type = SIZECOUNT_WORD;
337 sizecount_menu = FALSE;
338 break;
339
340 // Anything else ends menu input.
341 case KC_DOT:
342 case KC_ESC:
343 sizecount_menu = FALSE; // break out
344 break;
345
346 }
347 if (!sizecount_menu) { // end
348 send_string ("->");
349 write_number (sizecount_max, FALSE); // just indicate something
350 }
351 }
352 }
353
354 // Go back to base-layer after pressing an F-key, on key-up to avoid BASE key activation
355 if ((_fun_stay == FALSE) && //
356 (((keycode >= KC_F1) && (keycode <= KC_F12))
357 ||
358 ((keycode >= KC_F13) && (keycode <= KC_F24)))) { // assumes keycodes 1-12 and 13-24 are consequtive, which seems likely, although using 1-24 failed (probably not consequtive)
359 // Go back to base layer
360 if (!(record->event.pressed)) { // key up
361 if (alternate) { //
362 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
363 }else{
364 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
365 }
366 }
367 }
368
369 // Detect if Shift was pressed in isolation, by seeing if another key was pressed during the time
370 // the right shift key was held down.
371 // This system is also used by CHOLTAP_ACCE
372 // This helps make sure a tapped use of these keys is correctly differentiated from their use as a
373 // modifier/layer-hold key. The Shift and CHOLTAP_ACCE should not normally interfere with each other.
374 if (isolate_trigger) { // speed: hoping this statement to execute a little quicker overall, than the next
375 if ((keycode != CHOLTAP_RSHFT) // not right shift up
376 &&
377 (keycode != CHOLTAP_LSHFT) // not left shift up
378 &&
379 (keycode != CHOLTAP_ACCE) // _ACC layer (and others)
380 &&
381 (keycode != CHOLTAP_LAYR)) { // _RAR layer, or RAlt/Alt-Gr
382 isolate_trigger = FALSE; // another key was pressed
383 }
384 }
385
386 // This block contains the complex macros, which should not count in speed counting or word/character counting,
387 // because they aren't typed characters.
388 switch (keycode) {
389
390 // Typing speed measuring
391 case SPEED_TOG: // Toggle speed measuring on/off
392 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
393 if (speed_measure) {
394 speed_measure = FALSE;
395
396# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
397 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_PURPLE); // indicates stop (_RAR color)
398# endif
399
400 }else{
401 // initialization of measurements
402 speed_measure = TRUE; // activates
403 speed = 0; // start at 0 k/s
404 speed_countdown = SPEED_COUNTDOWN; // reset, speed is measured in batches of keypresses
405 speed_counttime = timer_read32 ();// get current time
406 speed_add = 0;// speed average accumulator, it keeps adding the *speed* of each batch to this total
407 speed_batches = 0; // divider for speed_add to get the average
408
409# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
410 // set middle led
411 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_WHITE); // indicates start
412# endif
413
414 }
415
416# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
417 isolate_rgblight_set ();
418# endif
419
420 }
421 break;
422
423 case SPEED_REPORT: // Report the current typing speed by writing it, as if typing
424 if (record->event.pressed) { // down
425 short added = 5; // This counts how many characters the report itself is adding into the current text,
426 // to later delete it from the character count for text-size counting.
427
428 if (speed_measure) {
429
430# ifdef WORDS_PER_MINUTE
431
432 // The speed is recorded as an accumulation of keystrokes-per-second, times 10 for added precision.
433 // This will be converted into words-per-minute by dividing by 5 characters for a word including
434 // blank space and punctuation, and multiplied by 60 for seconds per minute. ⁶⁰/₅ = 12. Multiplied
435 // by 12 is the simple conversion.
436 send_string ("<"); // +1 character written // analogue to '<POWER>'
437 added += write_number ((long int)((speed*12)/10), FALSE); // writes the speed
438 send_string ("wpm"); // +3 character written
439 if (0 != speed_batches) {
440 long int average_times_ten ;
441 average_times_ten =(long int) ((speed_add * 12) / speed_batches); // *12 converts k/s to wpm
442
443 send_string (";"); // +① ''
444 added += write_number (average_times_ten / 10, FALSE); // writes the average speed, cannot use decimal because precision is not there
445 send_string ("wpm"); // +③
446 added += write_number ((long int) speed_batches, FALSE); // amount of batches
447 send_string ("x"); // +①
448 added += 9 + write_number ((long int) SPEED_COUNTDOWN, FALSE); // amount of batches
449 send_string ("keys"); // +④ = ⑨
450
451 speed_led ( (int) (average_times_ten / 12));// on report, show the average
452 // we need to convert back to k/s now
453 }
454
455# else // keystrokes per second, k/s
456
457 send_string ("<"); // +1 character written // analogue to '<POWER>'
458 added += write_number ((long int)(speed/10), FALSE); // writes the speed
459 send_string ("k/s"); // +3 character written
460 if (0 != speed_batches) {
461 long int average_times_ten ;
462 average_times_ten =(long int) (speed_add / speed_batches);
463
464 send_string (";"); // +① ''
465 added += write_number (average_times_ten, DIV10POINT); // writes the average speed
466 send_string ("k/s"); // +③
467 added += write_number ((long int) speed_batches, FALSE); // amount of batches
468 send_string ("x"); // +①
469 added += 9 + write_number ((long int) SPEED_COUNTDOWN, FALSE); // amount of batches
470 send_string ("keys"); // +④ = ⑨
471
472 speed_led ( (int) average_times_ten );// on report, show the average. speed_led divides by 10
473 }
474
475# endif
476
477 send_string (">"); // +1 = 5
478 if (sizecount_measure) sizecount_chars += added; // the user is expected to hit <backspace>
479 }else{
480 send_string ("<Soff>"); // indicates off
481 if (sizecount_measure) sizecount_chars += 5; // user: <backspace>, to take it down again
482 }
483
484 key_timer = timer_read ();
485
486 }else{ // key up
487 // This use of the key is for callibrating your colors; it is difficult otherwise to see.
488 // This is not part of normal usage, therefore it is kept bare bones to reduce firmware size
489 if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) > 999) { // held for one second
490 speed += 10;
491 write_number ((long int)(speed/10), FALSE); // writes the speed
492 speed_led (speed); // update led
493 }
494 }
495 break;
496
497 case COUNT_TOG: // Toggle start/stop text size measuring
498 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
499
500 key_timer = timer_read ();
501
502 }else{ // up
503 if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) < 500) { // held for less than half a second (tapped)
504 if (sizecount_measure) {
505
506 sizecount_measure = FALSE;
507
508# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
509 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_PURPLE); // indicates stop (color of _RAR)
510 isolate_rgblight_set ();
511# endif
512
513 }else{
514
515 sizecount_measure = TRUE; // start counting
516 sizecount_word = FALSE; // detect double blanks. leading blanks are not a word
517
518# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
519 if (0 == sizecount_max) {
520 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_BLUE); // indicates start/activated, but only without maximum set
521 isolate_rgblight_set (); // .. if maximum set, led goes green to red.
522 }else{
523 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_GREEN); // indicates start/activated, but only without maximum set
524 isolate_rgblight_set (); // .. if maximum set, led goes green to red.
525 }
526# endif
527
528 }
529 }else{ // held longer
530 sizecount_menu = TRUE;
531 send_string ("<Nc|w>"); // Menu: N amount, c|w character|word counting. Input is a number then ‛c’ or ‛w’
532 sizecount_max = 0;
533 }
534 }
535 break;
536
537 case COUNT_NULL: // Sets the count to zero, which allows on/off to have a suspend/resume
538 if (record->event.pressed) { // key up
539 sizecount_blanks = 0; //
540 sizecount_chars = 0;
541
542# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
543 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_CYAN); // indicates reset
544 isolate_rgblight_set ();
545# endif
546
547 }
548 break;
549
550 case COUNT_REPORT: // Report the current typing speed
551 if (record->event.pressed) {
552 // We assume the user is writing a report in its active document, and then likely deleting it.
553 short added = 0; // This counts how much characters the report adds into the user document.
554
555 if (sizecount_measure) {
556 send_string ("<"); // + 1 and ① characters (1 is one logical stream, ① another)
557 if (0 == sizecount_max) { // no size counting maximum, print both characters and words
558
559 added += write_number (sizecount_chars, FALSE); // returns how many characters where printed
560 send_string ("c;"); // + 2
561 added += write_number (sizecount_blanks, FALSE) + 5; // adds here
562 send_string ("w>"); // + 2 = 5
563
564 }else{ // Only show the one for which the maximum is set, don't throw off that mental focus
565 if (SIZECOUNT_WORD == sizecount_max_type ) {
566
567 added += write_number (sizecount_blanks, FALSE) + 3;
568 send_string ("w>"); // + ② = ③
569
570 }else{ // characters
571
572 added += write_number (sizecount_chars, FALSE) + 3; // returns how many characters where printed
573 send_string ("c>"); // + ② = ③
574
575 }
576 // add current maximum setting
577 send_string ("["); // + 1
578 added += write_number (sizecount_max, FALSE) + 3;
579 if (SIZECOUNT_WORD == sizecount_max_type) send_string ("w]"); // + 2
580 else send_string ("c]"); // + 2
581 }
582 sizecount_chars += added; // Account for the written characters in the report itself.
583
584 }else{ // no size counting, also here: keep the report terse
585 send_string ("<Coff>"); // indicates off (no need to add to count, since counting is off)
586 }
587 }
588 break;
589
590 // This allows the user to manually remove word counts, when he has deleted a word.
591 // This is not needed for character count, because <backspace> counts as minus.
592 case COUNT_WORDMIN: // Take down one word in the word-count.
593 if (record->event.pressed) { // down
594 key_timer = timer_read ();
595 }else{ // up
596 if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) < 500) { // held for less than half a second (tapped)
597 sizecount_blanks--;
598 }else{
599 sizecount_blanks -= 10;
600 }
601 }
602 break;
603
604 // Shift detection system.
605 // Disused because it turned out 'one shot' like Unicode input. Shift detection copied from.
606 // https://github.com/kyleterry/qmk_firmware/blob/master/quantum/quantum.c
607 //uint8_t shifted = get_mods() & (MOD_BIT(KC_LSHIFT)|MOD_BIT(KC_RSHIFT));
608
609 // Crude but self contained in this source file shift detection.
610 // ... right shift
611 case KC_RSFT:
612 // + ... left shift
613 case KC_LSFT:
614 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
615 shift_ison = 1; // shift depressed
616 }else{ // key up
617 shift_ison = 0; // shift released
618 }
619 // There are macros on Shift who also alter this variable.
620 break;
621
622 case OTHER_BASE: // Switching through the default/alternate BASE modes, and Descramble for that Dvorak compile
623 if (record->event.pressed) {
624 ;
625 }else{ // key up
626
627 // Cycles through the modes
628# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // version Dvorak+Dvorak-descramble has 3 modes
629 if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) {
630 alternate = _FULL_;// alternate layers
631 default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK); // This is needed only for a rare case,
632 // where _DEF_BASE and _ALT_BASE their layer switching keys don't line up,
633 // such as with Qwerty Base Arrow
634 } else if (_HALF_ == alternate) {
635 alternate = _NORMAL_;// normal layers
636 default_layer_set (_DEF_BASE_MASK);
637 }else{ // _FULL_ == alternate
638 alternate = _HALF_;// alternate layers, without 'descramble' recomputing Unicode
639 //default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK);
640 // it cycles, and this comes always after it was set _FULL_
641 }
642# else // Only switching the BASE layers between alternate and default
643
644 if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) {
645 alternate = _FULL_;// alternate base layers
646 default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK);
647 }else{
648 alternate = _NORMAL_;// default base layers
649 default_layer_set (_DEF_BASE_MASK);
650 }
651# endif
652
653 indicate_base (); // activate led change
654 }
655 break;
656
657# if defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE)
658
659 case OTHER_BASE_GO: // Switching through the default/alternate BASE modes, and Descramble for that Dvorak compile
660 if (record->event.pressed) {
661 ;
662 }else{ // key up
663
664 // Cycles through the modes
665# ifdef DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF // version Dvorak+Dvorak-descramble has 3 modes
666 if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) {
667 alternate = _FULL_;// alternate layers
668 default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK);
669 } else if (_HALF_ == alternate) {
670 alternate = _NORMAL_;// normal layers
671 default_layer_set (_DEF_BASE_MASK);
672 }else{ // _FULL_ == alternate
673 alternate = _HALF_;// alternate layers, without 'descramble' recomputing Unicode
674 //default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK);
675 // it cycles, and this comes always after it was set _FULL_
676 }
677# else // Only switching the BASE layers between alternate and default
678
679 if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) {
680 alternate = _FULL_;// alternate base layers
681 default_layer_set (_ALT_BASE_MASK);
682 }else{
683 alternate = _NORMAL_;// default base layers
684 default_layer_set (_DEF_BASE_MASK);
685 }
686# endif
687 // make the switch to the other Base layer
688 if (alternate) { //
689 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
690 }else{
691 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
692 }
693 }
694 break;
695# endif
696
697 // Switching to layers:
698
699 case CTO_BASE:
700 // User pressed upper/left button, while not on BASE layer: ‛escape’ from a layer to BASE layer.
701 // On BASE itself, that key is <Escape>.
702 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
703 ;
704 }
705 else { // key up
706 if (alternate) { // go to the alternate version (bit of a hack maybe, but all alternate
707 // ... modes are non-zero)
708 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
709 }else{
710 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
711 }
712 }
713 break;
714
715 case CTO_NUMS: // activates number-symbols layer
716 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
717 ;
718 }
719 else { // key up, so that upon key down the target layer isn't already activated, triggering that key on up
720 if (alternate) { // go to the alternate version
721 layer_move (_ALT_NSY);
722 }else{
723 layer_move (_DEF_NSY);
724 }
725 }
726 break;
727
728 case CTO_ACCE: // Unicode layer
729 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
730 ;
731 }
732 else { // key up
733
734# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer.
735 layer_move (_ACC); // activates normal accented layer
736# else
737# ifdef _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER
738 layer_move (_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
739# endif
740# endif
741
742 }
743 break;
744
745 case CTO_DRAW: // Unicode layer
746 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
747 ;
748 }
749 else { // key up
750
751# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer.
752 layer_move (_DRA); // activates normal accented layer
753# else
754# ifdef _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER
755 layer_move (_DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
756# endif
757# endif
758 }
759 break;
760
761 // The below are a simulated LT(layer,kc), layer-tap.
762 // Double-tap-hold repeater functionality: not done.
763 // They switch what layer to use depending on 'alternate' variable
764 // Basically it starts the right layer on key down, goes back to base layer on key up,
765 // and throws in a keypress as well if tapped.
766 // It also integrates with DUO_HOLD, to reach the _BON layer.
767
768# ifndef CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP // When this key has been eviscerated, this macro becomes useless
769 case CHOLTAP_ACCE: // Works with DUO_HOLD macro to activate one of several layers.
770 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
771 key_timer = timer_read ();
772 isolate_trigger = TRUE; // keep track of whether another key gets pressed.
773
774 duo_press_acc_bon ++; // This signals to the two DUO_HOLD keys, whether a move to _BON is desired.
775
776 if (duo_press_nsy_dra) { // One or more of the DUO_HOLD layer keys was already pressed; move to _BON
777
778# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
779 layer_move (_BON); // Bonus Unicode layer
780# else
781# ifdef _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER
782 layer_move (_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
783# endif
784# endif
785
786 }else{ // pressed in isolation
787
788# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer.
789 layer_move (_ACC); // Accented layer
790# else
791# ifdef _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER
792 layer_move (_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
793# endif
794# endif
795
796 }
797 }else{ // key up
798
799 duo_press_acc_bon --;
800
801 if (1 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // One DUO_HOLD layer keys is still pressed; move to numbers/symbols
802
803 if (_FULL_ == alternate) {
804 layer_move (_ALT_NSY);
805 }else{
806 layer_move (_DEF_NSY);
807 }
808 }else if (2 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // Two of the DUO_HOLD layer keys are still pressed: move to _DRA
809
810# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer.
811 layer_move (_DRA); // activates normal accented layer
812# else
813# ifdef _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER
814 layer_move (_DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
815# endif
816# endif
817
818 }else{
819 if (alternate) { // No _DEF_NSY layer keys remain pressed; Go back to base layer
820 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
821 }else{
822 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
823 }
824 }
825
826 // Pressed in isolation
827 if (isolate_trigger)
828 {
829 if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= TAPPING_TERM_HOLTAP) { // tapped
830 SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_DEL));
831 }
832 }
833 }
834 break;
835# endif // CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP
836
837 case CHOLTAP_LAYR: //to _RAR on hold, otherwise a keycode
838 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
839 key_timer = timer_read ();
840 isolate_trigger = TRUE; // keep track of whether another key gets pressed.
841
842# ifdef BASE_RIGHT_ALT
843 SEND_STRING (SS_DOWN (X_RALT));
844# else
845 layer_move (_RAR); // activates descrambled drawings layer
846# endif
847
848 }else{ // key up
849 // Go back to base layer
850 if (speed_measure) speed_led (speed); // The _RAR layer overwrites the middle led,
851 //.. for use with alternate _HALF_ led colors (middle); thus needs to be set back to speed
852 // led color upon leaving.
853
854# ifdef BASE_RIGHT_ALT
855 SEND_STRING (SS_UP (X_RALT));
856# else
857 if (alternate) {
858 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
859 }else{
860 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
861 }
862# endif
863
864 // Pressed in isolation
865 if (isolate_trigger)
866 {
867 if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= TAPPING_TERM_HOLTAP) { // tapped
868 SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_RIGHT));
869 }
870 }
871 }
872 break;
873
874# ifndef DUO_HOLD_BASIC
875 // This is the normal 'big' version, dealing with switching between _DEF_NSY/_ALT_NSY, _ACC, _DRA and _BON, in
876 // .. conjunction with the CHOLTAP_ACCE macro.
877 case DUO_HOLD: // The macro around the split space-bar. Both keys come to this macro.
878 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
879
880 duo_press_nsy_dra ++; // simple way to keep track of how many are pressed
881
882 if (duo_press_acc_bon){ // Preceded by holding the _ACC/_BON layer switch key: move to _BON
883
884# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
885 layer_move (_BON); // Bonus Unicode layer
886# else
887# ifdef _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER
888 layer_move (_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
889# endif
890# endif
891
892 }else if (1 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // This is the first press of either of the DUO_HOLD keys on BASE
893
894 if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) {
895 layer_move (_DEF_NSY);
896 }else{
897 layer_move (_ALT_NSY);
898 }
899 }
900 else if (2 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // both are pressed
901
902# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer.
903 layer_move (_DRA); // activates normal accented layer
904# else
905# ifdef _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER
906 layer_move (_DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
907# endif
908# endif
909 }
910
911 }else{ // key up
912
913 duo_press_nsy_dra --;
914
915 if (1 == duo_press_nsy_dra) {
916 if (duo_press_acc_bon){ // Still holding the _ACC/_BON layer switch key, and one DUO_HOLD keys
917
918# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
919 layer_move (_BON); // Bonus Unicode layer
920# else
921# ifdef _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER
922 layer_move (_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
923# endif
924# endif
925
926 }else{
927 if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) {
928 layer_move (_DEF_NSY);
929 }else{
930 layer_move (_ALT_NSY);
931 }
932 }
933 }
934 else { // Has to be zero.
935 if (duo_press_acc_bon){ // Still holding the _ACC/_BON layer switch key, but zero DUO_HOLD layer keys
936
937# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer.
938 layer_move (_ACC); // Accented layer
939# else
940# ifdef _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER
941 layer_move (_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER); // Alternative layer user configuration
942# endif
943# endif
944
945 }else{
946 if (alternate) { // Back to letters
947 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
948 }else{
949 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
950 }
951 }
952 }
953 }
954 break;
955# else
956 // This is the eviscerated version, compiled when all Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA, _BON are cut, and layer key
957 // .. combinations have not been assigned other uses.
958 case DUO_HOLD: // The macro for the keys around the split space-bar. Both keys come to this macro.
959 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
960
961 duo_press_nsy_dra ++; // simple way to keep track of how many are pressed
962
963 if (0 != duo_press_nsy_dra) { // One or more of the DUO_HOLD keys is pressed
964 if (_NORMAL_ == alternate) {
965 layer_move (_DEF_NSY);
966 }else{
967 layer_move (_ALT_NSY);
968 }
969 }
970 }else{ // key up
971
972 duo_press_nsy_dra --;
973
974 if (0 == duo_press_nsy_dra) { // None of the DUO_HOLD keys remains pressed
975 if (alternate) { // Back to letters
976 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
977 }else{
978 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
979 }
980 }
981 }
982 break;
983# endif // DUO_HOLD_BASIC
984
985 // When held the key is shift. When tapped it is computed if the tap is short enough,
986 // and if no other key was pressed, in which case: right-shift-up is a toggle to the _FUN layer.
987 // The timing is meant to be able to undo an erroneous shift press just by holding longer,
988 // and the test if another key was pressed is to prevent an erroneous detection when typing
989 // very fast.
990 // The reason for this on shift is to isolate GUI, where _FUN was previously more easily
991 // located. No alternative tapping function with GUI because some systems do not treat GUI
992 // purely as a modifier it seems. Since it is a toggle anyway, _FUN can fit away from the thumb-hold row.
993 case CHOLTAP_RSHFT: // When tapped it toggles the _FUN layer, when held it is Shift
994
995 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
996
997 SEND_STRING (SS_DOWN (X_RSFT));
998 shift_ison = 1; // shift depressed
999
1000 key_timer = timer_read ();
1001 isolate_trigger = TRUE; // keep track of whether another key gets pressed until key-up
1002
1003 }else{ // key up
1004
1005 SEND_STRING (SS_UP (X_RSFT));
1006 shift_ison = 0; // shift released
1007
1008 if (isolate_trigger) { // no other key was hit since key down
1009
1010
1011 // Held medium long: _PAD, long: _MOV.
1012 // The reason to have a switch to _MOV on the left hand, is to be able to reach arrows on a toggle,
1013 // all by the left hand, when the right hand is on the mouse.
1014 if ((timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= 200)) { // tapped medium-long (milliseconds)
1015
1016# ifndef SWITCH_RSHIFT_FUN_RAR // user config to reverse what this key its timing toggles to
1017
1018 layer_move (_FUN); // activates function layer as a toggle
1019
1020 } else { // held for longer
1021
1022 layer_move (_RAR);
1023
1024# else
1025
1026 layer_move (_RAR); // activates function layer as a toggle
1027
1028 } else { // held for longer
1029
1030 layer_move (_FUN);
1031
1032# endif
1033
1034
1035 }
1036 }
1037 }
1038 break;
1039
1040 // The left-shift version of the above keycode. User can configure something (_PAD is default)
1041 case CHOLTAP_LSHFT: // When tapped it toggles the _MOV layer, when held it is Shift
1042 // _RAR was the first idea, but some of its keys are too dangerous regarding accidents.
1043 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1044
1045 SEND_STRING (SS_DOWN (X_LSFT));
1046 shift_ison = 1; // shift depressed
1047
1048# ifndef REMOVE_PAD // The _PAD layer exists, we will use a timer …
1049
1050 key_timer = timer_read ();
1051
1052# endif
1053
1054
1055 // This variable is re-used, for speed and because using both shifts is useless,
1056 // .. thus very rare, and also not a usage problem if it occured.
1057 isolate_trigger = TRUE; // keep track of whether another key gets pressed.
1058
1059 }else{ // key up
1060
1061 SEND_STRING (SS_UP (X_LSFT));
1062 shift_ison = 0; // shift released
1063
1064 if (isolate_trigger) { // no other key was hit since key down
1065
1066# ifndef REMOVE_PAD // The _PAD layer exists, differentiate meaning by timer.
1067
1068 // Held medium long: _PAD, long: _MOV.
1069 // The reason to have a switch to _MOV on the left hand, is to be able to reach arrows on a toggle,
1070 // all by the left hand, when the right hand is on the mouse.
1071 if ((timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= 200)) { // tapped medium-long (milliseconds)
1072
1073# ifndef SWITCH_LSHIFT_PAD_MOV // user config to reverse what this key its timing toggles to
1074
1075 layer_move (_PAD);
1076
1077 } else { // held for longer
1078
1079 layer_move (_MOV);
1080
1081# else
1082
1083 layer_move (_MOV);
1084
1085 } else { // held for longer
1086
1087 layer_move (_PAD);
1088
1089# endif
1090
1091 }
1092
1093# else // _PAD layer was eviscerated
1094
1095 layer_move (_MOV);
1096
1097# endif
1098
1099 }
1100 }
1101 break;
1102
1103 case _FUN_STAY: // toggles if the f-keys return _FUN layer to BASE after one press
1104 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1105
1106 if (_fun_stay == FALSE) {
1107 _fun_stay = TRUE;
1108 }else{
1109 _fun_stay = FALSE;
1110 }
1111 indicate_fun_stay (); // leds
1112 }
1113 break;
1114
1115# ifdef MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER
1116
1117 case _MOV_UP: // To be sure it activates on up key, and not already has triggered the _MOV layer during up-key.
1118 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1119 ;
1120 }else{ // key up
1121 layer_move (_MOV);
1122 }
1123 break;
1124# endif
1125
1126 // These keys are so disruptive on an erroneous key press, that they are behind a shift lock.
1127 // When used unshifted, they print a memory aid string: their name.
1128 case C_KC_PWR:
1129 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1130 if (shift_ison) {
1131 SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_PWR));
1132 }else{
1133 SEND_STRING ("<POWER>"); // Memory aid
1134 }
1135 }
1136 break;
1137
1138 case C_KC_WAKE:
1139 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1140 if (shift_ison) {
1141 SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_WAKE));
1142 }else{
1143 SEND_STRING ("<WAKE>"); // Memory aid
1144 }
1145 }
1146 break;
1147
1148 case C_KC_SLEP:
1149 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1150 if (shift_ison) {
1151 SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_SLEP));
1152 }else{
1153 SEND_STRING ("<SLEEP>"); // Memory aid
1154 }
1155 }
1156 break;
1157
1158 case C_KC_PAUS:
1159 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1160 if (shift_ison) {
1161 SEND_STRING (SS_TAP (X_PAUS));
1162 }else{
1163 SEND_STRING ("<PAUSE>"); // Memory aid
1164 }
1165 }
1166 break;
1167
1168 case LEDS_ON: // Toggles left/right leds on or off
1169 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1170 if (leds_on == FALSE) {
1171 leds_on = TRUE;
1172 }else{
1173 leds_on = FALSE;
1174 }
1175 }
1176 break;
1177
1178# ifdef LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF // This messes with led effect on/off, so we need to track the state of this setting now.
1179 case RGBTOG_: // Toggles middle led on or off
1180 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1181 if (led_middle_on == FALSE) {
1182 led_middle_on = TRUE;
1183 rgblight_enable_noeeprom ();
1184 }else{
1185 led_middle_on = FALSE;
1186 rgblight_disable_noeeprom ();
1187 }
1188 }
1189 break;
1190# endif
1191
1192 // Some keycodes treated specially for the two counting systems (speed, text size)
1193 // Deletions:
1194 case KC_BSPC: // non-counting speed
1195 case KC_DEL: // non-counting speed
1196 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1197 if (sizecount_measure) sizecount_chars--; // minus count for text size (removed a character)
1198 }
1199 break;
1200
1201 // White space for counting words
1202 case LT__MOV__KC_ENT: // We want to count the <enter> for word-counts, sadly this looses the key repetition of LT(…)
1203 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1204
1205 key_timer = timer_read ();
1206 layer_move (_MOV);
1207
1208 }else{ // key up
1209 if (alternate) { // Back to letters
1210 layer_move (_ALT_BASE);
1211 }else{
1212 layer_move (_DEF_BASE);
1213 }
1214 if (timer_elapsed (key_timer) <= TAPPING_TERM_HOLTAP) { // tapped
1215 send_string ("\n");
1216 if (sizecount_measure) {
1217 sizecount_chars++;
1218
1219 if (sizecount_word) sizecount_blanks++; // count a word
1220 sizecount_word = FALSE; // don't count immediately next blank as a word
1221 }
1222 }
1223 }
1224 break;
1225
1226 // Word counting
1227 case KC_SPC:
1228 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1229 if (sizecount_measure) {
1230 sizecount_chars++;
1231
1232 if (sizecount_word) sizecount_blanks++; // count a word
1233 sizecount_word = FALSE; // don't count immediately next blank as a word
1234 }
1235 }
1236 break;
1237
1238 // These are excluded from counting for text size/speed, they prevent the “default“ in the case statement to execute.
1239
1240 case KC_LEFT:
1241 case KC_UP:
1242 case KC_DOWN:
1243 case KC_RIGHT:
1244 case KC_PGUP:
1245 case KC_PGDN:
1246 case KC_HOME:
1247 case KC_END:
1248 case LALT_T ( KC_LEFT ):
1249 if (speed_measure) speed_countdown++; // Navigation could be integral to someone typing and correcting mistakes,
1250 // but those keys don't add any text.
1251 // Mouse movement is discounted in both speed and text size
1252 case KC_WH_L:
1253 case KC_WH_D:
1254 case KC_WH_U:
1255 case KC_WH_R:
1256 case KC_MS_L:
1257 case KC_MS_D:
1258 case KC_MS_U:
1259 case KC_MS_R:
1260 case KC_BTN1:
1261 case KC_BTN5:
1262 case KC_BTN4:
1263 case KC_BTN3:
1264 case KC_BTN2:
1265 break;
1266
1267
1268 default: // If something else, it is a speed- and text measurement counting key
1269 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1270 if (speed_measure) speed_countdown--;
1271 if (sizecount_measure) sizecount_chars++;
1272 }
1273 }
1274
1275 // If speed measuring is on, count keypresses
1276 // The idea is to more/less follow common standard with typing speed counting: shift is not counted,
1277 // layer-switching or its equivalent is neither. Arrows are not counted.
1278 if (speed_measure) {
1279 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1280
1281 if (0 >= speed_countdown) {
1282
1283 // key presses per second, but times ten for added precision of one digit
1284 // This calculation quickly looses precision if not calculated with high enough numbers, but low enough to fit.
1285 speed = (int) ( (SPEED_COUNTDOWN * 1000 ) / ((timer_read32 () - speed_counttime)/10) ); // counts time in ms
1286 speed_led (speed); // updates led
1287
1288 // record for average
1289 if (0 < (speed/10)) { // ignore 0 k/s batches, we assume the typer took a break
1290 speed_batches++;
1291 speed_add += speed;
1292 }
1293
1294 // reset for next batch
1295 speed_countdown = SPEED_COUNTDOWN; // reset
1296 speed_counttime = timer_read32 ();
1297 }
1298 }
1299 }
1300
1301 // For word-counting, ignore double blanks
1302 if (sizecount_measure) {
1303 if (record->event.pressed) {
1304 bool within = TRUE; // When text size is maximized, this indicates we are not yet at that maximum.
1305
1306# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
1307 unsigned short size_fraction = 0; // Used to compute led color as a fraction of a set maximum which is already typed.
1308# endif
1309
1310 // ignoring blanks wordcount
1311 if ((keycode != KC_SPC)
1312 &&
1313 (keycode != KC_TAB) // This is ok, but a tab on BASE layer combo with Control, is not caught by this XXX (problem ignored, I never write Tab in a text worth counting)
1314 &&
1315 (keycode != LT__MOV__KC_ENT)
1316 &&
1317 (keycode != LT__MOV__KC_ENT)) {
1318
1319 sizecount_word = TRUE; // current key is not a blank, so we set this trigger for next key press
1320 }
1321
1322 // computing maximum count effects: leds
1323 if (0 != sizecount_max) {
1324
1325 if (SIZECOUNT_WORD == sizecount_max_type) {
1326 if (sizecount_blanks > sizecount_max) within = FALSE;
1327 }else{ // count chars
1328 if (sizecount_chars > sizecount_max) within = FALSE;
1329 }
1330
1331 // led colors
1332 if (within) { // green to red middle led
1333
1334# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
1335 if (SIZECOUNT_WORD == sizecount_max_type) {
1336 size_fraction = (90 * sizecount_blanks) / sizecount_max;
1337 }else{
1338 size_fraction = (90 * sizecount_chars) / sizecount_max;
1339 }
1340
1341 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (90 - size_fraction , 255, 255); // green to red, full saturation, full lit
1342# endif
1343
1344 }else{ // when at or over the limit: blink led red/white
1345 if ((KC_BSPC != keycode)
1346 && (KC_DEL != keycode) // User already deleting, doubling is confusing
1347 && (CHOLTAP_LAYR != keycode)) { // This brings up the _RAR layer, to access the Count settings.
1348
1349 SEND_STRING (SS_TAP(X_BSPC)); // refuses to type further, the user is stopped from typing to make it obvious
1350
1351 }
1352
1353# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
1354 if (sizecount_chars & 0x1) { // flip by every keypress
1355 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_RED);
1356 }else{
1357 rgblight_sethsv_noeeprom (HSV_WHITE);
1358 }
1359# endif
1360
1361 }
1362
1363# ifdef RGBLIGHT_ENABLE
1364 rgblight_set (); // only center led is altered, no need to go through isolate_rgblight_set()
1365# endif
1366
1367 }
1368 }
1369 }
1370
1371 // Simple macros, printing a character.
1372 switch (keycode) {
1373
1374 /* _ACC layer definitions. */
1375
1376 // ------------------------- row 4
1377
1378# ifndef REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer.
1379 case XP_ACC_AA: // because a
1380 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1381 unicode_hex2output (CAL_ACU, CAU_ACU);// á Á
1382 }
1383 break;
1384
1385 case XP_ACC_AB: // because o (Dvorak)
1386 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1387 unicode_hex2output (COL_ACU, COU_ACU);// ó Ó
1388 }
1389 break;
1390
1391 case XP_ACC_AC: // because e (Dvorak)
1392 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1393 unicode_hex2output (CEL_ACU, CEU_ACU);// é É
1394 }
1395 break;
1396
1397 case XP_ACC_AD: // because u (Dvorak)
1398 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1399 unicode_hex2output (CUL_ACU, CUU_ACU);// ú Ú
1400 }
1401 break;
1402
1403 case XP_ACC_AE: // because i (Dvorak)
1404 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1405 unicode_hex2output (CIL_ACU, CIU_ACU);// í Í
1406 }
1407 break;
1408
1409 case XP_ACC_AF: // Because near Y
1410 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1411 unicode_hex2output (CYL_ACU, CYU_ACU);// ý Ý
1412 }
1413 break;
1414
1415 case XP_ACC_AG: // because near Y
1416 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1417 unicode_hex2output (CIJL_BI, CIJU_BI);// ij IJ
1418 }
1419 break;
1420
1421 case XP_ACC_AH: // because c (Dvorak)
1422 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1423 unicode_hex2output (CCL_CDL, CCU_CDL);// ç Ç
1424 }
1425 break;
1426
1427 case XP_ACC_AI: // because ring-finger left is o (Dvorak)
1428 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1429 unicode_hex2output (COL_STK, COU_STK);// ø Ø
1430 }
1431 break;
1432
1433 case XP_ACC_AJ: // because pinky finger left is a
1434 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1435 unicode_hex2output (CAL_RNG, CAU_RNG);// å Å
1436 }
1437 break;
1438
1439 // ------------------------- row 3
1440 case XP_ACC_BA: // because a
1441 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1442 unicode_hex2output (CAL_DIA, CAU_DIA);// ä Ä
1443 }
1444 break;
1445
1446 case XP_ACC_BB: // because o (Dvorak)
1447 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1448 unicode_hex2output (COL_DIA, COU_DIA);// ö Ö
1449 }
1450 break;
1451
1452 case XP_ACC_BC: // because e (Dvorak)
1453 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1454 unicode_hex2output (CEL_DIA, CEU_DIA);// ë Ë
1455 }
1456 break;
1457
1458 case XP_ACC_BD: // because u (Dvorak)
1459 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1460 unicode_hex2output (CUL_DIA, CUU_DIA);// ü Ü
1461 }
1462 break;
1463
1464 case XP_ACC_BE: // because i
1465 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1466 unicode_hex2output (CIL_DIA, CIU_DIA);// ï Ï
1467 }
1468 break;
1469
1470 case XP_ACC_BF: // because near y
1471 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1472 unicode_hex2output (CYL_DIA, CYU_DIA);// ÿ Ÿ
1473 }
1474 break;
1475
1476 case XP_ACC_BG: // because vague logic about other hand having ae near on similar fingers
1477 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1478 unicode_hex2output (COEL_BI, COEU_BI);// œ Œ
1479 }
1480 break;
1481
1482 case XP_ACC_BH: // because near œ, toward the side of a (pinky)
1483 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1484 unicode_hex2output (CAEL_BI, CAEU_BI);// æ Æ
1485 }
1486 break;
1487
1488 case XP_ACC_BI: // because n
1489 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1490 unicode_hex2output (CNL_TLD, CNU_TLD);// ñ Ñ
1491 }
1492 break;
1493
1494 case XP_ACC_BJ: // because s
1495 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1496 unicode_hex2output_single (CSL_SHP);// ß ß
1497 }
1498 break;
1499
1500 case XP_ACC_BK: // because roughly the location on French keyboard
1501 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1502 unicode_hex2output_single (C_MU_L);// μ
1503 }
1504 break;
1505
1506 // ------------------------- row 2
1507 case XP_ACC_CA: // because a
1508 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1509 unicode_hex2output (CAL_GRA, CAU_GRA);//à À
1510 }
1511 break;
1512
1513 case XP_ACC_CB: // because o (Dvorak)
1514 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1515 unicode_hex2output (COL_GRA, COU_GRA);// ò Ò
1516 }
1517 break;
1518
1519 case XP_ACC_CC: // because e (Dvorak)
1520 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1521 unicode_hex2output (CEL_GRA, CEU_GRA);// è È
1522 }
1523 break;
1524
1525 case XP_ACC_CD: // because u (Dvorak)
1526 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1527 unicode_hex2output (CUL_GRA, CUU_GRA);// ù Ù
1528 }
1529 break;
1530
1531 case XP_ACC_CE: // because i (Dvorak)
1532 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1533 unicode_hex2output (CIL_GRA, CIU_GRA);// ì Ì
1534 }
1535 break;
1536
1537 case XP_ACC_CF: // because other hand same finger i
1538 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1539 unicode_hex2output (CIL_CAR, CIU_CAR);// î Î
1540 }
1541 break;
1542
1543 case XP_ACC_CG: // because other hand same finger u
1544 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1545 unicode_hex2output (CUL_CAR, CUU_CAR);// û Û
1546 }
1547 break;
1548
1549 case XP_ACC_CH: // because other hand same finger e
1550 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1551 unicode_hex2output (CEL_CAR, CEU_CAR);// ê Ê
1552 }
1553 break;
1554
1555 case XP_ACC_CI: // because other hand same finger o
1556 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1557 unicode_hex2output (COL_CAR, COU_CAR);// ô Ô
1558 }
1559 break;
1560
1561 case XP_ACC_CJ: // because other hand same finger a
1562 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1563 unicode_hex2output (CAL_CAR, CAU_CAR);// â Â
1564 }
1565 break;
1566
1567# endif // REMOVE_ACC // This cuts out the whole _ACC layer.
1568
1569
1570 /* _DRA layer definitions. */
1571
1572
1573# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer
1574 // ------------------------- row 4
1575 case XP_DRA_AA: // because '", the opening „“ at the ‛open’ of the keyboard (left/up)
1576 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1577
1578# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1579 unicode_hex2output (CS_DQUHR, CS_DQUL);// “ „
1580# else
1581 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_DQUHR);// “
1582# endif
1583
1584 }
1585 break;
1586
1587 case XP_DRA_AB: // because to the right of opening “, ≤ on <
1588 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1589
1590# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1591 unicode_hex2output (CS_DQUH, CS_ELTHAN);// ” ≤
1592# else
1593 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_DQUH);// ”
1594# endif
1595
1596 }
1597 break;
1598
1599 case XP_DRA_AC: // because this is where the £ is on an English keyboard, on 'any' money symbols ¤; ≥ on >
1600 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1601
1602# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1603 unicode_hex2output (CS_POUND, CS_EGTHAN);// £ ≥
1604# else
1605 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_POUND);// £
1606# endif
1607
1608 }
1609 break;
1610
1611 case XP_DRA_AD: // because ∅ looks like ¢, and ¢ (cent) is on $ (money) ?
1612 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1613
1614# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1615 unicode_hex2output (CS_NONE, CS_CENT);// ∅ ¢
1616# endif
1617
1618 }
1619 break;
1620
1621 case XP_DRA_AE: // because percentages %‰‱ and money ƒ are numerical ?
1622 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1623
1624# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1625 unicode_hex2output (CS_PLMI, CS_LGULDEN);// ± ƒ
1626# else
1627 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_PLMI);// ±
1628# endif
1629
1630 }
1631 break;
1632
1633 case XP_DRA_AF: // Because left of 🙂, on top of ★
1634 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1635
1636# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1637 unicode_hex2output (CS_FLEUR, CS_HEART);// ❦ ♥
1638# else
1639 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_HEART);// ♥
1640# endif
1641
1642 }
1643 break;
1644
1645 case XP_DRA_AG: // because 😊 ⍨
1646 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1647
1648# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1649 unicode_hex2output (CS_SMIL, CS_SAD_);// 🙂 🙁
1650# endif
1651
1652 }
1653 break;
1654
1655 case XP_DRA_AH: // because «no reason», next to 😊 (emoticons)
1656 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1657
1658# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1659 unicode_hex2output (CS_THUP, CS_THDN);// 👍 👎
1660# endif
1661
1662 }
1663 break;
1664
1665 case XP_DRA_AI: // because (
1666 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1667
1668# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1669 unicode_hex2output (CS_OPSUP, CS_OPSUB);// ⁽ ₍
1670# endif
1671
1672 }
1673 break;
1674
1675 case XP_DRA_AJ: // because )
1676 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1677
1678# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
1679 unicode_hex2output (CS_CPSUP, CS_CPSUB);// ⁾ ₎
1680# endif
1681
1682 }
1683 break;
1684
1685 // ------------------------- row 3
1686 case XP_DRA_BA: // because 1
1687 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1688
1689# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1690 unicode_hex2output (CN_1SUP, CN_1SUB);// ¹ ₁
1691# else
1692 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_1SUP);// ¹
1693# endif
1694
1695 }
1696 break;
1697
1698 case XP_DRA_BB: // because 2
1699 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1700
1701# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1702 unicode_hex2output (CN_2SUP, CN_2SUB);// ² ₂
1703# else
1704 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_2SUP);// ²
1705# endif
1706
1707 }
1708 break;
1709
1710 case XP_DRA_BC: // because 3
1711 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1712
1713# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1714 unicode_hex2output (CN_3SUP, CN_3SUB);// ³ ₃
1715# else
1716 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_3SUP);// ³
1717# endif
1718
1719 }
1720 break;
1721
1722 case XP_DRA_BD: // because 4
1723 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1724
1725# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1726 unicode_hex2output (CN_4SUP, CN_4SUB);// ⁴ ₄
1727# else
1728 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_4SUP);// ⁴
1729# endif
1730
1731 }
1732 break;
1733
1734 case XP_DRA_BE: // because 5
1735 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1736
1737# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1738 unicode_hex2output (CN_5SUP, CN_5SUB);// ⁵ ₅
1739# else
1740 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_5SUP);// ⁵
1741# endif
1742
1743 }
1744 break;
1745
1746 case XP_DRA_BF: // because 6
1747 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1748
1749# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1750 unicode_hex2output (CN_6SUP, CN_6SUB);// ⁶ ₆
1751# else
1752 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_6SUP);// ⁶
1753# endif
1754
1755 }
1756 break;
1757
1758 case XP_DRA_BG: // because 7
1759 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1760
1761# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1762 unicode_hex2output (CN_7SUP, CN_7SUB);// ⁷ ₇
1763# else
1764 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_7SUP);// ⁷
1765# endif
1766
1767 }
1768 break;
1769
1770 case XP_DRA_BH: // because 8
1771 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1772
1773# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1774 unicode_hex2output (CN_8SUP, CN_8SUB);// ⁸ ₈
1775# else
1776 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_8SUP);// ⁸
1777# endif
1778
1779 }
1780 break;
1781
1782 case XP_DRA_BI: // because 9
1783 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1784
1785# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1786 unicode_hex2output (CN_9SUP, CN_9SUB);// ⁹ ₉
1787# else
1788 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_9SUP);// ⁹
1789# endif
1790
1791 }
1792 break;
1793
1794 case XP_DRA_BJ: // because 0
1795 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1796
1797# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
1798 unicode_hex2output (CN_0SUP, CN_0SUB);// ⁰ ₀
1799# else
1800 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_0SUP);// ⁰
1801# endif
1802
1803 }
1804 break;
1805
1806 // ------------------------- row 2
1807 case XP_DRA_CA: // because [
1808 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1809
1810# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
1811 unicode_hex2output (CS_OCBRA, CB_HHORI);// 「 ━
1812# else
1813 unicode_hex2output_single (CB_HHORI);// ━
1814# endif
1815
1816 }
1817 break;
1818
1819 case XP_DRA_CB: // because ]
1820 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1821
1822# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
1823 unicode_hex2output (CS_CCBRA, CB_LHORI);// 」 ─
1824# else
1825 unicode_hex2output_single (CB_LHORI);// ─
1826# endif
1827
1828 }
1829 break;
1830
1831 case XP_DRA_CC: // because «no reason»
1832 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1833
1834# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
1835 unicode_hex2output (CS_DEGREE, CS_CIRCLE);// ° 〇
1836# else
1837 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_DEGREE);// °
1838# endif
1839
1840 }
1841 break;
1842
1843 case XP_DRA_CD: // because «no reason»
1844 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1845
1846# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
1847 unicode_hex2output (CS_BULLET, CS_PARA);// • §
1848# else
1849 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_BULLET);// •
1850# endif
1851
1852 }
1853 break;
1854
1855 case XP_DRA_CE: // because «no reason»
1856 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1857
1858# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
1859 unicode_hex2output (CS_ELLIPS, CS_MIDDOT);// … ·
1860# else
1861 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_ELLIPS);// …
1862# endif
1863
1864 }
1865 break;
1866
1867 case XP_DRA_CF: // because «no reason» (+ resembles ‛☒’ ?), ✗
1868 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1869 unicode_hex2output (CS_CHECK_B, CS_CHECK_N);// ☐ ☒
1870 }
1871 break;
1872# endif
1873
1874 // This one must be included for _RAR layer
1875 case XP_DRA_CG: // because next to ✗ ☐ ☒
1876 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1877
1878# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
1879 unicode_hex2output (CS_CHECK_Y, CS_CHECK_H);// ☑ 🗹
1880# else
1881 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_CHECK_Y);// ☑
1882# endif
1883
1884 }
1885 break;
1886
1887# ifndef REMOVE_DRA // This cuts out the whole _DRA layer
1888 case XP_DRA_CH: // because ?
1889 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1890 unicode_hex2output (CQU_INV, CEX_INV);// ¿ ¡
1891 }
1892 break;
1893
1894 case XP_DRA_CI: // because {, ┄ «no reason» (opposite side from ━)
1895 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1896
1897# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
1898 unicode_hex2output (CS_ODABRA, CB_LHORID);// 《 ┄
1899# else
1900 unicode_hex2output_single (CB_LHORID);// ┄
1901# endif
1902
1903 }
1904 break;
1905
1906 case XP_DRA_CJ: // because }, ┅ «no reason» (opposite side from ─)
1907 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1908
1909# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
1910 unicode_hex2output (CS_CDABRA, CB_HHORID);// 》 ┅
1911# else
1912 unicode_hex2output_single (CB_HHORID);// ┅
1913# endif
1914 }
1915 break;
1916# endif // REMOVE_DRA
1917
1918
1919 /* _BON layer definitions. Due to running out of X(…), XP(…) space.*/
1920
1921 // ------------------------- row 4
1922# ifndef REMOVE_BON // Removes this layer entirely, if set.
1923 case XP_BON_AA: // because of ' "
1924 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1925
1926# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
1927 unicode_hex2output (CS_HQUOSB, CS_USER_DEFINED);// ‛ 🛠
1928# else
1929 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_HQUOSB);// ‛
1930# endif
1931
1932 }
1933 break;
1934
1935 case XP_BON_AB: // because of <, because "WASD" on _MOV
1936 // 0x2019, single quotation mark: ’
1937 // 0x2B06 arrow up: ⬆
1938 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1939 unicode_hex2output (CS_HQUOSE, CS_ARR_UP);// ’ ⬆
1940 }
1941 break;
1942
1943 case XP_BON_AC: // because of >
1944 // 0x00A4 any currency symbol: ¤
1945 // 0x1F12F Copyleft: 🄯 (means free to copy, see also © for not free to copy.)
1946 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1947
1948# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
1949 unicode_hex2output (CS_CURREN, CS_COPYL);// ¤ 🄯
1950# else
1951 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_CURREN);// ¤
1952# endif
1953
1954 }
1955 break;
1956
1957 case XP_BON_AD: // because $ and ¢ can be about money, and money is often added together
1958 // because … no reason, left over space.
1959 // 0x2211, summation: ∑
1960 // 0xA9, copyright: ©
1961 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1962
1963# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
1964 unicode_hex2output (CS_CUMMU, CS_COPY);// ∑ ©
1965# else
1966 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_CUMMU);// ∑
1967# endif
1968
1969 }
1970 break;
1971
1972 case XP_BON_AE: // because % for percent
1973 // 0x2030,// promille: ‰
1974 // 0x2031,// pro ten thousandth: ‱
1975 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1976
1977# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
1978 unicode_hex2output (CS_PROM, CS_PROTT);// ‰ ‱
1979# else
1980 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_PROM);// ‰
1981# endif
1982
1983 }
1984 break;
1985
1986 case XP_BON_AF: // Because ♥ is a star, ❦ and stars can be used as bullet points
1987 // 0x2605, star: ★
1988 // 0x066D, star small: ٭
1989 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
1990
1991# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
1992 unicode_hex2output (CS_STARB, CS_STARL);// ★ ٭
1993# else
1994 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_STARB);// ★
1995# endif
1996
1997 }
1998 break;
1999
2000 case XP_BON_AG: // because of 🙂 🙁
2001 // 0x1f60A,// <smile> ^^ 😊
2002 // 0x2368,// "Squiggly" face <sad> ⍨
2003
2004# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
2005 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2006 unicode_hex2output (CS_SMILP, CS_SQUIG);// 😊 ⍨
2007 }
2008# endif
2009
2010 break;
2011
2012 case XP_BON_AH: // because * also for multiply, because asterisk *
2013 // 0x00D7,// multiply: ×
2014 // 0x20F0 high asterisk: ⃰(this thing seems to behave a bit weird in vim(1) or terminal)
2015 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2016
2017# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
2018 unicode_hex2output (CS_MULT, CS_ASTL);// × ⃰
2019# else
2020 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_MULT);// ×
2021# endif
2022
2023 }
2024 break;
2025
2026 case XP_BON_AI: // because ø sort of seems to divide something, and √ also does that, and close to ⁻⁺ (exponential)
2027 // 0x221A,// square root: √
2028 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2029
2030# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
2031 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_SQRT);// √
2032# endif
2033
2034 }
2035 break;
2036
2037 case XP_BON_AJ: // because å points in the circle where this exponential minus goes, and it is right/"up" on the board
2038 // because ⁻⁺ belong together
2039 // 0x207B,// exponential minus sign: ⁻
2040 // 0x207A,// exponential plus: ⁺
2041
2042# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
2043 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2044 unicode_hex2output (CS_EXPMIN, CS_EXPPLS);// ⁻ ⁺
2045 }
2046# endif
2047
2048 break;
2049
2050 // ------------------------- row 3
2051 case XP_BON_BA: // because 1, because "WASD" on _MOV (depending on setup)
2052 // 0x2460, "1" : ①
2053 // 0x2B05, arrow left: ⬅
2054 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2055 unicode_hex2output (CN_1CIRC, CS_ARR_LE);// ① ⬅
2056 }
2057 break;
2058
2059 case XP_BON_BB: // because 2, because "WASD" on _MOV (depending)
2060 // 0x2461, "2" : ②
2061 // 0x2B07, arrow down: ⬇
2062 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2063 unicode_hex2output (CN_2CIRC, CS_ARR_DN);// ② ⬇
2064 }
2065 break;
2066
2067 case XP_BON_BC: // because 3, because "WASD" on _MOV (depending)
2068 // 0x2462, "3" : ③
2069 // 0x27A1, arrow right: ➡
2070 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2071 unicode_hex2output (CN_3CIRC, CS_ARR_RI);// ③ ➡
2072 }
2073 break;
2074
2075 case XP_BON_BD: // because 4, because ┏ forms a box with the other box drawings to the right/down
2076 // 0x2463, "4" : ④
2077 // 0x250F, box drawing heavy: ┏
2078 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2079
2080# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2081 unicode_hex2output (CN_4CIRC, CB_C_RIDN);// ④ ┏
2082# else
2083 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_4CIRC);// ④
2084# endif
2085
2086 }
2087 break;
2088
2089 case XP_BON_BE: // because 5, because ┓ forms a box
2090 // 0x2513,box drawing heavy: ┓
2091 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2092
2093# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2094 unicode_hex2output (CN_5CIRC, CB_C_LEDN);// ⑤ ┓
2095# else
2096 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_5CIRC);// ⑤
2097# endif
2098
2099 }
2100 break;
2101
2102 case XP_BON_BF: // because 6, because ┃ continues box block
2103 // 0x2465, "6" : ⑥
2104 // 0x2503, box drawing heavy: ┃
2105 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2106
2107# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2108 unicode_hex2output (CN_6CIRC, CB_VE);// ⑥ ┃
2109# else
2110 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_6CIRC);// ⑥
2111# endif
2112
2113 }
2114 break;
2115
2116 case XP_BON_BG: // because 7, because ┇ continues box block
2117 // 0x2466, "7" : ⑦
2118 // 0x2507, dotted line verticle (heavy): ┇
2119 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2120
2121# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2122 unicode_hex2output (CN_7CIRC, CB_VE_DOT);// ⑦ ┇
2123# else
2124 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_7CIRC);// ⑦
2125# endif
2126
2127 }
2128 break;
2129
2130 case XP_BON_BH: // because 8, ╋ because 8 also has a crossing line in it
2131 // 0x254B, crossing lines: ╋
2132 // 0x2467, "8" : ⑨
2133 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2134
2135# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2136 unicode_hex2output (CN_8CIRC, CB_VE_BI);// ⑧ ╋
2137# else
2138 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_8CIRC);// ⑧
2139# endif
2140
2141 }
2142 break;
2143
2144 case XP_BON_BI: // because 9
2145 // 0x2468, "9" : ⑨
2146 // 0x2513,box drawing heavy: ┓
2147 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2148
2149 unicode_hex2output_single (CN_9CIRC);// ⑨
2150
2151 }
2152 break;
2153
2154 case XP_BON_BJ: // because 0, because a "0" can also be a symbol for infinity, round & round
2155 // 0x24EA, "0" : ⓪
2156 // 0x221E,// infinity:∞
2157 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2158 unicode_hex2output (CN_0CIRC, CS_INFIN);// ⓪ ∞
2159 }
2160 break;
2161
2162 case XP_BON_BK: // because -, because ~
2163 // 0x2014,// dash: — (might not render differently than a hyphen - in some applications. Dash is longer).
2164 // 0x2248,// about equal to: ≈
2165 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2166 unicode_hex2output (CS_DASH, CS_ABOUT);// — ≈
2167 }
2168 break;
2169
2170 // ------------------------- row 2
2171 case XP_BON_CA: // because 1 above, because 「[
2172 // 0x2039, opening single corner quotation: ‹
2173 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2174 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_GUILSLE);// ‹
2175 }
2176 break;
2177
2178 case XP_BON_CB: // because 2 above, because 」]
2179 // 0x203A, closing sinle corner quotation: ›
2180 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2181 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_GUILSRI);// ›
2182 }
2183 break;
2184
2185 case XP_BON_CC: // because 3 above, because / (division)
2186 // 0x00F7,// division: ÷
2187 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2188 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_DIVI);// ÷
2189 }
2190 break;
2191
2192 case XP_BON_CD: // because 4 above, ┗ because forms box
2193 // 0x261E, hand bullet point: ☞
2194 // 0x2517, box drawing heavy: ┗
2195 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2196# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2197 unicode_hex2output (CS_FINGER, CB_C_RIUP);// ☞ ┗
2198# else
2199 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_FINGER);// ☞
2200# endif
2201
2202 }
2203 break;
2204
2205 case XP_BON_CE: // because 5 above, because =, ┛ because forms box
2206 // 0x2260,// inequal: ≠
2207 // 0x251B, box drawing heavy: ┛
2208 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2209
2210# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2211 unicode_hex2output (CS_UNEQL, CB_C_LEUP);// ≠ ┛
2212# else
2213 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_UNEQL);// ≠
2214# endif
2215
2216 }
2217 break;
2218
2219 case XP_BON_CF: // because ☒ , ┣ box drawings block, some place
2220 // 0x2717, cross mark: ✗ (complements ✓)
2221 // 0x2523, box drawing: ┣
2222 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2223
2224# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2225 unicode_hex2output (CS_BOTCH, CB_VE_RI);// ✗ ┣
2226# else
2227 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_BOTCH);// ✗
2228# endif
2229
2230 }
2231 break;
2232
2233 case XP_BON_CG: // because 7 above, because ☑ 🗹 , ┫ complements with key to its left
2234 // 0x2713, checkmark: ✓
2235 // 0x252B, box drawing: ┫
2236
2237 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2238# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
2239 unicode_hex2output (CS_CHECK, CB_VE_LE);// ✓ ┫
2240# else
2241 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_CHECK);// ✓
2242# endif
2243
2244 }
2245 break;
2246
2247 case XP_BON_CH: // because 8 above, because ¡ (inverted exclamation mark)
2248 // 0x26A0,// alert: ⚠
2249 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2250 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_ALERT);// ⚠
2251 }
2252 break;
2253
2254 case XP_BON_CI: // because 9 above, because 《
2255 // 0xAB, French quotation opening: «
2256 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2257 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_GUILLE);// «
2258 }
2259 break;
2260
2261 case XP_BON_CJ: // because 0 above, because 》
2262 // 0xBB, French quotation closing: »
2263 if (record->event.pressed) { // key down
2264 unicode_hex2output_single (CS_GUILRI);// »
2265 }
2266 break;
2267
2268# endif // REMOVE_BON
2269 }
2270
2271 return true;
2272};
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..5969525ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_macros.h
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Remainder: © 2019 by J.B. <joshb@xs4all.nl>
18 *
19 */
20
21#pragma once
22
23/* This file contains function declarations for functions used in
24 * unicode_macros.c
25 */
26
27#define PRESCRAMBLED_U "f" // This is the letter 'u' for Unicode input, as effective on GNU/Debian/Linux 10 set to Dvorak
28static uint16_t key_timer; // Used in _DDL to differentiate layer switching in half or full descramble mode.
29 // In 'full' mode it goes to _DDD and _DDA Unicode layers, in 'half' mode to _DRA and _ACC.
30
31short duo_press_nsy_dra = 0; // This remembers how many of the duo-press keys are being pressed: _NSY / _DRA layers
32short duo_press_acc_bon = 0; // This remembers how many of the duo-press keys are being pressed: _ACC / _BON layers
33
34void deactivate_all_but (int layer);
35void activate_this_layer (int layer);
36void indicate_base (void);
37void leds_show_off (void);
38void speed_report (int speed);
39void speed_led (int speed);
40void indicate_fun_stay (void);
41int write_number (long int input, short divide10);
42void isolate_rgblight_set (void);
43
44
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_weurope.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_weurope.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..56a50b80c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/unicode_weurope.h
@@ -0,0 +1,288 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * Author: © 2019, 2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21/* An amount of Unicode #defines
22 * - western european accented characters
23 * - various punctuation symbols, different number formats, math symbols, other symbols.
24 */
25
26 // a lower case variants
27#define CAL_ACU 0xe1 // 'C' for Costum 'A' for a, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: á
28#define CAL_CAR 0xe2 // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: â
29#define CAL_DIA 0xe4 // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ä
30#define CAL_GRA 0xe0 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: à
31 // A upper case variants
32#define CAU_ACU 0xc1 // '' '' 'U' for upper, "ACU" for acute: Á
33#define CAU_CAR 0xc2 // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Â
34#define CAU_DIA 0xc4 // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ä
35#define CAU_GRA 0xc0 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: À
36
37 // A with ring (Scandinavia)
38#define CAL_RNG 0xe5 // '' 'A' for a, 'L' for lower, "RNG" for Ring: å
39#define CAU_RNG 0xc5 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Å
40
41 // AE (French)
42#define CAEL_BI 0xe6 // '' "AE" for ae, 'L' for lower '' : æ
43#define CAEU_BI 0xc6 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Æ
44
45 // OE (French)
46#define COEL_BI 0x153 // '' "AO" for ao, 'L' for lower, "BI" for two-character: œ
47#define COEU_BI 0x152 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' ; Œ
48
49 // Mu (French)
50#define C_MU_L 0x03BC // '' "MU" for Mu (Greek letter), 'L' for lower:
51
52 // C with cedilla
53#define CCL_CDL 0xe7 // '' 'C' for c, 'L' for lower, "CDL" for cedilla: ç
54#define CCU_CDL 0xc7 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ç
55
56 // e lower case variants
57#define CEL_ACU 0xe9 // 'C' for Costum 'E' for e, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: é
58#define CEL_CAR 0xea // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: ê
59#define CEL_DIA 0xeb // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ë
60#define CEL_GRA 0xe8 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: è
61 // E upper case variants
62#define CEU_ACU 0xc9 // '' '' 'U' for uuper, "ACU" for acute: É
63#define CEU_CAR 0xca // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Ê
64#define CEU_DIA 0xcb // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ë
65#define CEU_GRA 0xc8 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: È
66
67 // i lower case variants
68#define CIL_ACU 0xed // '' 'I' for i, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: í
69#define CIL_CAR 0xee // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: î
70#define CIL_DIA 0xef // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ï
71#define CIL_GRA 0xec // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: ì
72 // I upper case variants
73#define CIU_ACU 0xcd // '' '' 'U' for upper, "ACU" for acute: Í
74#define CIU_CAR 0xce // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Î
75#define CIU_DIA 0xcf // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ï
76#define CIU_GRA 0xcc // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: Ì
77
78 // N with tilde
79#define CNL_TLD 0xf1 // '' 'N' for n, 'L' for lower, "TLD" for tilde: ñ
80#define CNU_TLD 0xd1 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ñ
81
82 //Spanish additional symbols:
83#define CEX_INV 0xa1 // '' "EX" for exclamation mark, "INV" for inverted: ¡
84#define CQU_INV 0xbf // '' "QU" for question mark, '' : ¿
85
86 // o lower case variants
87#define COL_ACU 0xf3 // 'C' for Costum 'O' for a, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: ó
88#define COL_CAR 0xf4 // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: ô
89#define COL_DIA 0xf6 // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ö
90#define COL_GRA 0xf2 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: ò
91 // O upper case variants
92#define COU_ACU 0xd3 // '' '' 'U' for upper, "ACU" for acute: Ó
93#define COU_CAR 0xd4 // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Ô
94#define COU_DIA 0xd6 // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ö
95#define COU_GRA 0xd2 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: Ò
96
97 // O with stroke (Scandinavia)
98#define COL_STK 0xf8 // '' 'O' for o, 'L' for lower, "STK" for Stroke: ø
99#define COU_STK 0xd8 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ø
100
101 // u lower case variants
102#define CUL_ACU 0xfa // 'C' for Costum 'U' for u, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for acute: ú
103#define CUL_CAR 0xfb // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: û
104#define CUL_DIA 0xfc // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: ü
105#define CUL_GRA 0xf9 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: ù
106 // U upper case variants
107#define CUU_ACU 0xda // '' 'U' for u, 'U' for upper, "ACU" for acute: Ú
108#define CUU_CAR 0xdb // '' '' '' "CAR" for caret: Û
109#define CUU_DIA 0xdc // '' '' '' "DIA" for diaereses: Ü
110#define CUU_GRA 0xd9 // '' '' '' "GRA" for grave: Ù
111
112 // Y with acute
113#define CYL_ACU 0xfd // '' 'Y' for y, 'L' for lower, "ACU" for Acute: ý
114#define CYU_ACU 0xdd // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ý
115 // Y with diaereses
116#define CYL_DIA 0xff // '' 'Y' for y, 'L' for lower, "DIA" for Diareses: ÿ
117#define CYU_DIA 0x178 // '' '' 'U' for upper, '' : Ÿ
118
119 // Dutch IJ
120#define CIJL_BI 0x133 // '' 'IJ' for ij, 'L' for lower, BI for two-character: ij
121#define CIJU_BI 0x132 // '' '' , 'U' for upper '' : IJ
122
123 //German:
124 // sharp s
125#define CSL_SHP 0xdf // '' 'S' for s, 'L' for lower, "SHP" for sharp: ß
126
127 // Some Unicode symbols that might be handy
128 // Happy symbols:
129#define CS_SMIL 0x1f642 // "C" for costum, "S" for symbol , "SMIL" for <smile> 🙂
130#define CS_SMILP 0x1F60A // '' , '' , "SMIL" for smile, "P" for plus: 😊
131#define CS_THUP 0x1f44d // '' , '' , "THUP" for <thumb up> 👍
132
133 //Sad symbols
134#define CS_SAD_ 0x1f641 // '' , '' , "SAD_" for <sad face> 🙁
135#define CS_SQUIG 0x2368 // '' , '' , "SQUIG" for squigly face: ⍨
136#define CS_THDN 0x1f44e // '' , '' , "THDN" for <thumb down> 👎
137
138// Punctuation
139#define CS_ASTL 0x20F0 // '' , '' , "AST" for asterisk, "L" for little: ⃰
140#define CS_DASH 0x2014 // '' , '' , "DASH" for dash (a longer hyphen, if rendered correctly): —
141#define CS_DQUH 0x201D // '' , '' , "D" for double, "QU" for quote, "H" for high: ”
142#define CS_DQUHR 0x201C // '' , '' , '' , ,, , '' , "R" for reverse: “
143#define CS_DQUL 0x201E // '' , '' , , "L" for low: „
144#define CS_GUILLE 0xAB // '' , '' , "GUIL" for guillemet (French quotation), "LE" for left-pointing: «
145#define CS_GUILRI 0xBB // '' , '' , '' , "RI" for right-pointing: »
146#define CS_GUILSLE 0x2039 // '' , '' , '' , "S" for simple, "LE" for left-pointing: ‹
147#define CS_GUILSRI 0x203A // '' , '' , '' , '' , "RI" for right-pointing: ›
148#define CS_HQUOSB 0x201B // '' , '' , "H" for high, "QUO" for quote, "S" for single, "B" for begin: ‛
149#define CS_HQUOSE 0x2019 // '' , '' , '' '' '' , "E" for end: ’
150
151 // Unusual parenthesis types
152#define CS_OCBRA 0x300c // '' , '' , "O" for opening, "C" for corner, "BRA" for bracket:「
153#define CS_CCBRA 0x300d // '' , '' , "C" for closing, '' '' : 」
154#define CS_ODABRA 0x300a // '' '' , "O" for opening, "D" for double, "A" for angled, "BRA" for bracket:《
155#define CS_CDABRA 0x300b // '' , '' , "C" for closing, '' '' '' : 》
156
157 // currency
158#define CS_LGULDEN UNICODE_CURRENCY // '' , "L" for lower, "GULDEN" for gulden (guilder): ƒ
159 // ^ special case for easy user configuration
160#define CS_CURREN 0xA4 // '' , '' , "CURREN" for currency, 'any currency' symbol: ¤
161#define CS_POUND 0xA3 // '' , '' , "POUND" for pound: £
162#define CS_CENT 0xA2 // '' , '' , "CENT" for cent: ¢
163
164 // legal
165#define CS_COPY 0xA9 // '' , '' , "COPY" for copyright:
166#define CS_COPYL 0x1F12F // '' , '' , "COPY" for Copyright, "L" for left:
167
168 // circle, dots, bullet points
169#define CS_BULLET 0x2022 // '' , '' , "BULLET" for bullet: •
170#define CS_CIRCLE 0x3007 // '' , '' , "CIRCLE" for circle: 〇
171#define CS_DEGREE 0xB0 // '' , '' , "DEGREE" for degree: °
172#define CS_ELLIPS 0x2026 // '' , '' , "ELLIPS" for bullet: …
173#define CS_FINGER 0x261E // '' , '' , "FINGER" for finger: ☞
174#define CS_MIDDOT 0x00B7 // '' , '' , "MIDDOT" for mid dot: ·
175#define CS_PARA 0x00A7 // '' , '' , "PARA" for paragraaf: §
176
177 // super and sub script numbers
178#define CN_0SUB 0x2080 // '' , N for number, "SUB" for sub-script or "SUP" for super-script:₀
179#define CN_0SUP 0x2070 // '' , '' , '' :⁰
180#define CN_1SUB 0x2081 // '' , '' , '' :₁
181#define CN_1SUP 0xB9 // '' , '' , '' :¹
182#define CN_2SUB 0x2082 // '' , '' , '' :₂
183#define CN_2SUP 0xB2 // '' , '' , '' :²
184#define CN_3SUB 0x2083 // '' , '' , '' :₃
185#define CN_3SUP 0xB3 // '' , '' , '' :³
186#define CN_4SUB 0x2084 // '' , '' , '' :₄
187#define CN_4SUP 0x2074 // '' , '' , '' :⁴
188#define CN_5SUB 0x2085 // '' , '' , '' :₅
189#define CN_5SUP 0x2075 // '' , '' , '' :⁵
190#define CN_6SUB 0x2086 // '' , '' , '' :₆
191#define CN_6SUP 0x2076 // '' , '' , '' :⁶
192#define CN_7SUB 0x2087 // '' , '' , '' :₇
193#define CN_7SUP 0x2077 // '' , '' , '' :⁷
194#define CN_8SUB 0x2088 // '' , '' , '' :₈
195#define CN_8SUP 0x2078 // '' , '' , '' :⁸
196#define CN_9SUB 0x2089 // '' , '' , '' :₉
197#define CN_9SUP 0x2079 // '' , '' , '' :⁹
198
199// Exponent symbols
200#define CS_CPSUB 0x208E // '' , '' , "C" for closing, "P" for paranthesis, "SUB" for subscript: ₎
201#define CS_OPSUB 0x208D // '' , '' , "O" for opening, '' , '' : ₍
202#define CS_CPSUP 0x207E // '' , '' , "C" for closing, '' , "SUP" for superscript: ⁾
203#define CS_OPSUP 0x207D // '' , '' , "O" for opening: '' , '' : ⁽
204#define CS_EXPMIN 0x207B // '' , '' , "EXP" for exponent, "MIN" for minus : ⁻
205#define CS_EXPPLS 0x207A // '' , '' , '' , "PLS" for plus : ⁺
206// Math
207#define CS_ABOUT 0x2248 // '' , '' , "ABOUT" for about equal: ≈
208#define CS_CUMMU 0x2211 // '' , '' , "CUMMU" for cummulative: ∑
209#define CS_DIVI 0xF7 // '' , '' , "DIVI" for division: ÷
210#define CS_EGTHAN 0x2265 // '' , '' , "E" for equal, "G" for or-greater, "THAN" for than: ≥
211#define CS_ELTHAN 0x2264 // '' , '' , "E" for equal, "L" for or-less, "THAN" for than: ≤
212#define CS_INFIN 0x221E // '' , '' , "INFIN" for infinity: ∞
213#define CS_MULT 0xD7 // '' , '' , "MULTI" for multiplication: ×
214#define CS_NONE 0x2205 // '' , '' , "NONE" for empty-set / no-solution: ∅
215#define CS_PLMI 0xB1 // '' , '' , "PLMI" for plus-minus; ±
216#define CS_PROM 0x2030 // '' , '' , "PROM" for promille: ‰
217#define CS_PROTT 0x2031 // '' , '' , "PRO" for pro-, "TT" for ten-thousandth: ‱
218#define CS_SQRT 0x221A // '' , '' , "SQRT" for square root: √
219#define CS_UNEQL 0x2260 // '' , '' , "UNEQL" for unequal: ≠
220
221# ifdef POINT_ON_CHECKBOXES
222 // pointers
223# define CS_CHECK_H 0x2B9B // '' , '' , "H" for Down, '' : ⮛
224# define CS_CHECK_B 0x2B98 // '' , '' , "L" for Left, "ARROW" for arrow: ⮘
225# define CS_CHECK_Y 0x2B9A // '' , '' , "R" for Right, '' : ⮚
226# define CS_CHECK_N 0x2B99 // '' , '' , "U" for UP, '' : ⮙
227# else
228 // checkboxes
229# define CS_CHECK_H 0x1F5F9 // '' , '' , "CHECK" for check mark, "H" for heavy: 🗹
230# define CS_CHECK_B 0x2610 // '' , '' , '' , "B" for blank: ☐
231# define CS_CHECK_Y 0x2611 // '' , '' , '' , "Y" for yes: ☑
232# define CS_CHECK_N 0x2612 // '' , '' , '' , "N" for no: ☒
233# endif
234
235// More arrows
236#define CS_ARR_DN 0x2B07 // '' , '' , "ARR" for arrow, "DN" for down: ⬇
237#define CS_ARR_LE 0x2B05 // '' , '' , "ARR" for arrow, "LE" for left: ⬅
238#define CS_ARR_RI 0x27A1 // '' , '' , "ARR" for arrow, "RI" for right: ➡
239#define CS_ARR_UP 0x2B06 // '' , '' , "ARR" for arrow, "UP" for up: ⬆
240
241// More checkmarks
242#define CS_BOTCH 0x2717 // '' , '' , "BOTCH" for botched: ✗
243#define CS_CHECK 0x2713 // '' , '' , "CHECK" for check mark: ✓
244
245// circled numbers
246#define CN_0CIRC 0x24EA // '' , "N" for number, "0" for , "CIRC" for circled: ⓪
247#define CN_1CIRC 0x2460 // '' , '' , "1" for 1, "CIRC" for circled: ①
248#define CN_2CIRC 0x2461 // '' , '' , "2" for 2, "CIRC" for circled: ②
249#define CN_3CIRC 0x2462 // '' , '' , "3" for 3, "CIRC" for circled: ③
250#define CN_4CIRC 0x2463 // '' , '' , "4" for 4, "CIRC" for circled: ④
251#define CN_5CIRC 0x2464 // '' , '' , "5" for 5, "CIRC" for circled: ⑤
252#define CN_6CIRC 0x2465 // '' , '' , "6" for 6, "CIRC" for circled: ⑥
253#define CN_7CIRC 0x2466 // '' , '' , "7" for 7, "CIRC" for circled: ⑦
254#define CN_8CIRC 0x2467 // '' , '' , "8" for 8, "CIRC" for circled: ⑧
255#define CN_9CIRC 0x2468 // '' , '' , "9" for 9, "CIRC" for circled: ⑨
256#define CN_10CIRC 0x2469 // '' , '' , "10" for 10, "CIRC" for circled: ⑩
257#define CN_11CIRC 0x246A // '' , '' , "11" for 11, "CIRC" for circled: ⑪
258#define CN_12CIRC 0x246B // '' , '' , "12" for 12, "CIRC" for circled: ⑫
259#define CN_13CIRC 0x246C // '' , '' , "13" for 13, "CIRC" for circled: ⑬
260#define CN_14CIRC 0x246D // '' , '' , "14" for 14, "CIRC" for circled: ⑭
261#define CN_15CIRC 0x246E // '' , '' , "15" for 15, "CIRC" for circled: ⑮
262#define CN_16CIRC 0x246F // '' , '' , "16" for 16, "CIRC" for circled: ⑯
263#define CN_17CIRC 0x2470 // '' , '' , "17" for 17, "CIRC" for circled: ⑰
264#define CN_18CIRC 0x2471 // '' , '' , "18" for 18, "CIRC" for circled: ⑱
265#define CN_19CIRC 0x2472 // '' , '' , "19" for 19, "CIRC" for circled: ⑲
266
267// Box drawings
268#define CB_C_LEDN 0x2513 // '' , "B" for box drawing, "C" for corner, "LE" for left, "DN" for down: ┓
269#define CB_C_LEUP 0x251B // '' , '' , "C" for corner, "LE" for left, "UP" for up: ┛
270#define CB_C_RIDN 0x250F // '' , '' , "C" for corner, "RI" for right, "DN" for down: ┏
271#define CB_C_RIUP 0x2517 // '' , '' , "C" for corner, "RI" for right, "UP" for up: ┗
272#define CB_VE 0x2503 // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle: ┃
273#define CB_VE_BI 0x254B // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle, "BI" for bi (two): ╋
274#define CB_VE_DOT 0x2507 // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle, "DOT" for dotted: ┇
275#define CB_VE_LE 0x252B // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle, "LE" for left: ┫
276#define CB_VE_RI 0x2523 // '' , '' , "VE" for verticle, "RI" for right: ┣
277// Horizontal lines, can be used with box drawings
278#define CB_HHORI 0x2501 // '' , '' , "H" for heavy, '' : ━
279#define CB_HHORID 0x2505 // '' , '' , "H" for heavy, '' , "D" for dashes: ┅
280#define CB_LHORI 0x2500 // '' , '' , "L" for light, "HORI" for horizontal: ─
281#define CB_LHORID 0x2504 // '' , '' , "L" for light, '' , "D" for dashes: ┄
282
283// Signs, unusual
284#define CS_ALERT 0x26A0 // '' , "S" for symbol, "ALERT" for alert/warning: ⚠
285#define CS_STARB 0x2605 // '' , '' , "STAR" for star, "B" for big: ★
286#define CS_STARL 0x66D // '' , '' , "STAR" for star, "L" for little: ٭
287#define CS_FLEUR 0x2766 // '' , '' , "FLEUR" for fleur (flower): ❦
288#define CS_HEART 0x2665 // '' , '' , "HEART" for heart: ♥
diff --git a/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/user_config.h b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/user_config.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..aad9ec233
--- /dev/null
+++ b/keyboards/thevankeyboards/minivan/keymaps/josjoha/user_config.h
@@ -0,0 +1,721 @@
1/*
2 * License (GPL):
3
4This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6the Free Software Foundation, either version 2 of the License, or
7(at your option) any later version.
8
9This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
16
17 * © 2019,2020 by Jos Boersema
18 *
19 */
20
21
22// ------------------------------------- ⬇ --------------------------------------
23// Configuration:
24// ------------------------------------- ⬇ --------------------------------------
25
26 // (For the non-coders: “_Remove_” means to place ‛//’ in front of a line. The rest of the line becomes a comment.
27 // Placing ‛//’ in front of a line, means whatever follows it will be ignored during compilation.
28 // “_Activate_” means to *delete* the two ‛//’ in front. Now the rest of the line *will* be compiled
29 // /* ... */ is another a way to turn “...” into being a comment which is ignored during compilation.
30 // (The documentation here is geared toward people who have no understanding about programming.)
31
32 /*
33 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34 ----
35 --
36 -
37 Table of Contents:
38
39 -0- ➡ Compact configuration file ⬅
40
41 -1- ➡ Letters / Numbers & Symbols layouts ⬅
42 • Qwerty
43 • Qwerty with Base arrows
44 • Dvorak
45 • Dvorak descramble mode
46 • Colemak
47 • Workman
48 • Numpad
49
50 -2- ➡ Eviscerations ( ① / ② ) ⬅
51 • Single layout
52
53 -3- ➡ Startup settings ⬅
54 • Alternate Base
55 • Leds on/off at startup.
56 • Speed measuring
57 • Text size counting ⬅
58
59 -4- ➡ How many hardware keys 1st row ⬅
60
61 -5- ⚠ ≠ Minivan ⬅
62
63 -6- ➡ Defining the meaning of the additional hardware keys ⬅
64 • Defining the additional key for 'South paw' (also called 'Command')
65 • Defining 'Arrow' hardware layout additional keys
66
67 -7- ➡ Arrows/Navigation cluster ⬅
68 • Navigation cluster configuration
69 • VI editor arrows
70
71 -8- ➡ Number pad Configuration⬅
72
73 -9- ➡ Speed measuring ⬅
74
75 -10- ➡ Some alternative keys ⬅
76 • Right Alt or hold(_RAR) on Base
77 • GUI left/right
78 • Alternate currency symbol
79 • Check boxes or Pointers
80 • Switch _ACC/_BON and *left* side _NSY/_DRA hold keys
81 • Switch _PAD and _MOV on Left Shift toggle
82 • Switch _FUN and _RAR on Right Shift toggle
83
84 -11- ➡ Eviscerations ( ② / ② ) ⬅
85 • Removing the numbers pad _PAD layer
86 • Removing one or more of the Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA or_BON
87 • Removing groups of characters
88
89 -12- ➡ Leds ⬅
90 -
91 --
92 ----
93 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
94 */
95
96 /* -0- ➡ Compact configuration file ⬅
97 *
98 * If you _activate_ this, this whole heavily documented configuration block below
99 * gets skipped, and instead a bare bones configuration file with all these same options
100 * gets read. There is no functional difference.
101 *
102 * (You can use the compact configuration if you like that better. It can make communicating
103 * a configuration easier. The fully documented configuration is left in a state of default
104 * when uploaded to QMK, so that it gives the most commonly used layout: Qwerty with Numpad,
105 * basic 44 Minivan keys. The compact version its state is whatever it is.)
106 */
107 #define MINIFAN_CONFIG_COMPACT // _Activate_ this, to load the configuration in ./minifan_config_compact.h (note: mini‛f’an).
108#ifndef MINIFAN_CONFIG_COMPACT // (don't alter this)
109
110
111 /* -1- ➡ Letters / Numbers & Symbols layouts ⬅
112 *
113 * Here you can configure what letters layer (BASE layer), and number&symbols layer you
114 * want. This is a dual layout system, so you can choose a second pair as well. You can
115 * switch between them with a key on the _RAR layer. All the other layers are the same,
116 * regardless of your choice in letter/number&symbol layers.
117 *
118 * The letters layer is the BASE layer, from which you also reach all other layers.
119 * The letters it has is the alphabet in its simplest form: abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz.
120 * The numbers & symbols layer has what you find on any regular keyboard: 123… !@#… []/…
121 * The numbers & symbols layer is made to fit the Letters layer, due to small differences
122 * between layouts like Qwerty and Dvorak (in this case the symbols ‛-’, ‛/’, ‛?’, and ‛_’).
123 *
124 * Example: A Qwerty letters layer, with a fitting numbers & symbols layer, as ‛Default’.
125 * A Dvorak letters layer, with a fitting numbers & symbols layer, as ‛Alternate’.
126 *
127 * You will be asked to configure one layout as ‛Default’ and another as ‛Alternate’.
128 *
129 * A bases layout may have locally re-defined one or more of the common layers. If you
130 * choose two bases layouts who re-define the same common layer locally, you will need
131 * to choose either one by commenting out the other.
132 */
133 //
134 // • Qwerty
135 // (a regular Qwerty layout)
136 // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other.
137 #define BASE_QWERTY__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Qwerty on the ‛Default’ spot
138//#define BASE_QWERTY__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Qwerty on the ‛Alternate’ spot
139 // Note: you still need to set if you have the additional ‛arrow’ hardware key. You
140 // can ignore what it should be defined as, because it will be a plain arrow on Base.
141 //
142 // • Qwerty with Base arrows
143 // (provides direct access to arrows)
144 // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other.
145//#define BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Qwerty with Base arrows on the ‛Default’ spot
146//#define BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Qwerty with Base arrows on the ‛Alternate’ spot
147 //
148 // • Dvorak
149 // (a regular Dvorak layout)
150 // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other.
151//#define BASE_DVORAK__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Dvorak on the ‛Default’ spot
152//#define BASE_DVORAK__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Dvorak on the ‛Alternate’ spot
153 //
154 // • Dvorak descramble mode
155 // (Dvorak for a computer already remapping to Dvorak)
156 // This layout is only available on ‛Alternate’, because of the special _HALF_ descramble mode.
157//#define BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Dvorak on the ‛Alternate’ spot
158 //
159 // • Colemak
160 // (a regular Colemak layout)
161 // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other.
162//#define BASE_COLEMAK__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Colemak on the ‛Default’ spot
163//#define BASE_COLEMAK__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Colemak on the ‛Alternate’ spot
164 //
165 // • Workman
166 // (a regular Workman layout)
167 // _Activate_ one of these two, _remove_ the other.
168//#define BASE_WORKMAN__DEF_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Workman on the ‛Default’ spot
169//#define BASE_WORKMAN__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Workman on the ‛Alternate’ spot
170 //
171 // • Numpad
172 // (a numerical keypad, one for left hand and one for right hand)
173 // _Activate_ to get Numpad on Alternate. There is no option for Numpad on ‛Default’ base.
174 #define BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE // _Activate_ if you want Numpad on the ‛Alternate’ spot
175 // ➡ ➡ ➡ This Base layer has configuration options at the top of its file. See ./base_numpad.c
176 //
177 /* -2- ➡ Eviscerations ( ① / ② ) ⬅
178 */
179 /* • Single layout
180 *
181 * Removes the ‛Alternate’ base layers, and removes the switch key on _RAR.
182 * ⚠ You have to not define a ‛Alternate’ base layer pair. Define only a ‛Default’ pair.
183 */
184//#define MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT // _Activate_ to only have the ‛Default’ base layers, _remove_ to also have ‛Alternate’.
185
186
187 /* -3- ➡ Startup settings ⬅
188 */
189 /* • Alternate Base
190 *
191 * You can define which of the two BASE layers is on when powering up the keyboard.
192 */
193//#define STARTUP_ALTERNATE // Example: For BASES_QWERTY_DVORAK defined: _remove_ is startup in Qwerty, _active_ is
194 // startup in Dvorak
195 /* • Leds on/off at startup.
196 */
197//#define STARTUP_SIDE_LEDS_OFF // _Activate_ to have side leds be off at keyboard startup (when you plug it in / computer powers on).
198//#define STARTUP_MID_LED_OFF // _Activate_ to have middle led be off at keyboard startup.
199 //
200 /* • Speed measuring
201 */
202//#define STARTUP_SPEED // _Activate_ for default speed measuring on, _remove_ to set off at startup.
203 //
204 /* • Text size counting ⬅
205 */
206//#define STARTUP_COUNT // _Activate_ for default character/word counting on, _remove_ to set off at startup.
207
208
209
210 /* -4- ➡ How many hardware keys 1st row ⬅
211 *
212 * Define how many keys your keyboard has.
213 */
214 // Default (12x12x12x8 keys)
215 //'Command' (12x12x12x9 keys) + key on the left
216 //'Arrow' (12x12x12x9 keys) + key on the right
217 //'South paw' + 'Arrow' (12x12x12x10 keys)
218//#define MORE_KEY__COMMAND // Additional key 1st row on the left. This hardware layout is called 'Command' or 'South paw'.
219//#define MORE_KEY__ARROW // Additional key 1st row (counting from row with space-bar) on the right, called 'Arrow' layout.
220 //
221 // See below for how to define your additional key(s).
222
223
224 /* -5- ⚠ ≠ Minivan ⬅
225 *
226 * This section is for when you want to flash this keymap unto a board with more
227 * keys than the Minivan has.
228 *
229 * Trans-Minivan keymap: 12x12x12x11, 12x12x12x12, 12x12x12x13 keys
230 * Example board: Planck (12x12x12x12)
231 *
232 * It is assumed that you enabled MORE_KEY__ARROW and
233 * MORE_KEY__COMMAND, to get to 12x12x12x10 keys. With this you
234 * can get to one, two or three more keys on row 1, without manually
235 * editing all layers. You could first edit the definition on layers that you have
236 * a specific meaning for these keys, and let the rest be patched with the definitions
237 * here.
238 *
239 * It can help to inspect the preprocessing with > gcc -E keymap.c | less
240 *
241 * Planck keyboard
242 *
243 * The identifier TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT could help compile the layout on a Planck keyboard,
244 * if it has a two unit large spacebar. You compile without TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE in that case.
245 * All keys on the left, row 1 (closest to the user) shift one unit to the left, with TRANS_MIDLEFT
246 * inserted on what would be the left key of the two unit spacebar (assuming that is a key).
247 *
248 * Other keyboards formats
249 *
250 * It is always possible to just padd the rows somewhere, if you have even more keys. On the other
251 * hand, to try to cut this layout down to fewer keys than it has at minimum (12x12x12x8), is likely
252 * going to reduce its functionality, and will require some puzzling to keep a well organized BASE
253 * layer, and have “hold key” layer switching work correctly.
254 *
255 * FIXME: not been compiled or tested for any boards.
256 */
257//#define TRANSMINIVAN_LAYOUT ....... // Set this to something with the needed amount of keycodes.
258 // Your values are inserted here: [ _LTR ] = LAYOUT_redefined (
259 // ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ (throughout all layers)
260//#define TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE // _Activate_ to get yet one more key on the left side row 1
261 #define TRANS_LEFT XXXXXXX // Define what the TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE key should be, where it is not otherwise defined.
262 // (Ignored if TRANSMINIVAN_LEFTSIDE is _removed_).
263 //
264//#define TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT // _Activate_ to get yet one more key on the first key from center, row 1.
265 #define TRANS_MIDLEFT XXXXXXX // Define what the TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE key should be on all layers at once.
266 // (Ignored if TRANSMINIVAN_MIDLEFT is _removed_).
267 //
268//#define TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE // _Activate_ to get yet one more key on the right side row 1
269 #define TRANS_RIGHT XXXXXXX // Define what the TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE key should be, where it is not otherwise defined.
270 // (Ignored if TRANSMINIVAN_RIGHTSIDE is _removed_).
271
272
273 /* -6- ➡ Defining the meaning of the additional hardware keys ⬅
274 *
275 * Some possibilities you might like:
276 *
277 * ① Number-pad and F-keys layers are only on a toggle. If you want them accessible on a hold key, you can use
278 * these additional hardware keys. Make sure to use a transparent key on that location on those layers.
279 *
280 * ② You can use the right side additional key for quick access to an arrow/navigation cluster (see below).
281 *
282 * ③ Other uses, such as a delete key and/or a special interface key your system needs.
283 */
284 /* • Defining the additional key for 'South paw' (also called 'Command')
285 *
286 * Left side additional key. This is ignored if MORE_KEY__COMMAND is not defined.
287 */
288 // Configure here what this key is on the BASE layers (excluding Base Numpad compile option).
289//#define MORE_key1_BASE TG ( _RAR ) // _Activate_ this to get a toggle to layer _RAR. MO(_RAR) does not follow a BASE switch by ‛Other Base’.
290//#define MORE_key1_BASE KC_DEL // Could be useful if you like to toggle to certain layers and stay there for a while.
291 #define MORE_key1_BASE KC__XGUI // (Default) (Using KC__XGUI makes sure it is the *other* GUI, relative to KC__YGUI.)
292 //
293 // Configure here what this key is on all other layers
294//#define MORE_key1 KC_DEL // Configure here what this key is on all other layers (and Base Numpad).
295 #define MORE_key1 KC__XGUI // (Default)
296 //
297 //
298 /* • Defining 'Arrow' hardware layout additional keys
299 *
300 * You can create an arrow-cluster with your additional MORE_key2 hardware key on the _MOV layer.
301 * Either way: this new key can toggle to _MOV layer, with the key that on the _MOV layer becomes the down-arrow,
302 * in the middle of an arrow cluster. To do that, uncomment MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER.
303 * The keys that are by default defined on those keys on _MOV layer, will now be overwritten (they are not typically
304 * that much used there).
305 *
306 * Arrow cluster for 'arrow' layout: _activate_ MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER and _activate_ #define MORE_key2 _MOV_UP
307 * No arrow cluster for 'arrow' layout: _remove_ MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER, and set MORE_key2 to whatever you want.
308 */
309 #define MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER // Arrow cluster on _MOV layer. This is ignored if MORE_KEY__ARROW is not defined.
310 // This will cost you 'Right Alt' and 'GUI' on the _MOV layer.
311//#define MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION // Additional navigation keys around arrow cluster MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER. Ignored if MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER is not defined.
312 // Note: this will cause mouse buttons 'BTN4' and 'BTN5' on the _MOV layer to be moved.
313 /*
314 * Define the key you want on the additional key. Leave it to _MOV_UP if you want an arrow cluster, easily
315 * accessed with this key.
316 *
317 * If you want to be able to type all arrow cluster keys with both GUI keys, than you cannot have this additional
318 * arrow cluster around the ‛arrow’ additional hardware key, because it eats away the GUI just to the left of
319 * that additional hardware key.
320 *
321 * For typing both GUIs with the navigation cluster, you also need the left side additional hardware key. In this
322 * case, you can still set the optional hardware key on the right to _MOV_UP, but that is marginally useful
323 * as you already have that on Left Shift.
324 *
325 * When aiming to type all normally available keys on a 100% keyboard with all modifiers including GUIs, you
326 * could use the right hand side optional hardware key (‛arrow’), because it causes the right side GUI to be
327 * available there. (This kind of stuff affects rare or even never used keyboard shortcuts.)
328 */
329 #define MORE_key2 _MOV_UP // Right side additional key. This is ignored if MORE_KEY__ARROW is not defined.
330//#define MORE_key2 KC_DEL // More or less a random suggestion. Harmonizes well with “.DEL” on Numbers Pad.
331 // It is convenient to have an uncluttered Delete key on the Base layer.
332//#define MORE_key2 <...your choice...> // Right side additional key.
333 //
334
335
336 /* -7- ➡ Arrows/Navigation cluster ⬅
337 */
338 /* • Navigation cluster configuration
339 *
340 * _Activate_ below line to use a "WASD" type layout (on the spot where WASD is in Qwerty).
341 * _Remove_ if you prefer a flat type layout, with arrows in a row, on the right hand.
342 */
343 #define ARROWS_TRIANGLE // Implies mouse is also similarly in a triangle.
344 /*
345 * • VI editor arrows
346 *
347 * Vi is a famous editor, with its own peculiar text cursor movement arrangement (arrows).
348 * This option modifies the flat arrows layout on the right hand, to be like the “HJKL”
349 * arrows in the editor vi(1). “HJKL” meaning: the 7th to 10th key on the 3rd row.
350 * The arrows on the additional MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER also get harmonized to be like vi.
351 */
352//#define VI_SWITCHERYDOO // You have to _remove_ ARROWS_TRIANGLE, or this gets ignored.
353
354
355 /* -8- ➡ Number pad Configuration⬅
356 *
357 * This concerns the Numbers Pad layer, which is part of the common layers (not the Bse
358 * layer, which also has a Numbers Pad option).
359 *
360 * There are two compile versions for the number pad layer ‛_PAD’, in the common layers.
361 *
362 * _Activate_ the below to have the numbers pad _PAD layer resemble the squared layout of
363 * a numerical keyboard, allowing to type all numbers with the right hand.
364 * _Remove_ the below to have the numbers in this layer follow the layout of the _NSY layer,
365 * with the numbers on a line from left to right on the home row, across both hands.
366 */
367//#define NUMPAD_COMMON_SQUARE // _Activate_ to resemble a one handed numerical keyboard.
368
369
370 /* -9- ➡ Speed measuring ⬅
371 */
372 /*
373 * Led color configuration. You can see the speed you have configured below directly on the keyboard,
374 * after you compiled and flashed it.
375 * Set speed measuring to <off>.
376 * Hold the 'Report' key for one second, then release. The keyboard prints a number, which is the
377 * amount of characters per second for which that color is then being shown. Hold it again for
378 * a second, and it increments. Toggle speed measuring on/off to restart.
379 * You can play with the below settings until you like the result.
380 *
381 * The default values (8, 160 respectively) are starting at blue, avoiding confusion with default
382 * cyan for BASE layer, going to purple and further avoiding confusion with text size counting.
383 * Very fast typers could reach red, and then it goes further to yellow, etc.
384 */
385 #define SPEED_COUNTDOWN 25 // After how many keypresses to update the effect(s).
386 #define SPEED_HUE_STEP 8 // For each key/sec faster, the hue value of HSV goes this step further.
387 #define SPEED_HUE_START 160 // The starting hue for 0 k/s (0 = 255 = red).
388 /*
389 * Speed report in words-per-minute (wpm) rather than keystrokes-per-second (k/s). wpm = k/s * ⁶⁰/₅ = k/s * 12
390 */
391 #define WORDS_PER_MINUTE // _Activate_ to get speed report in words-per-minute, _remove_ to get it in keystrokes-per-second (k/s).
392
393
394 /* -10- ➡ Some alternative keys ⬅
395 */
396 /*
397 * • Right Alt or hold(_RAR) on Base
398 *
399 * _Activate_ below line to get Right-Alt or Alt-Gr (same thing) on Base.
400 * A short tap results in RAlt briefly pressed, plus Right-Arrow.
401 * When pressed with another key, however short, results only in RAlt, and no Right-Arrow.
402 * Held a little longer than tapping it, results in only RAlt being pressed, no Right-Arrow.
403 *
404 * _Remove_ to have a layer hold key to the _RAR layer there, instead of RAlt, together with tapped Right-Arrow.
405 */
406//#define BASE_RIGHT_ALT // _Activate_ to get Right-Alt instead of _RAR on Base layer.
407 /*
408 * • GUI left/right
409 *
410 * _Activate_ below line to have LGUI (also called OS or Win key, etc) where RGUI is,
411 * and RGUI where LGUI is.
412 */
413//#define SWITCH_GUIS // _Activate_ this if you want LGUI on the BASE layer rather than RGUI, despite that spot being on the right.
414 /*
415 * • Alternate currency symbol
416 *
417 * _Activate_ the below to get a Euro symbol, where ƒ (Dutch Guilder) is on the default map (_DRA layer).
418 */
419 #define UNICODE_CURRENCY 0x20ac // Hex number, euro symbol €. The unicode hex number for position ƒ in the default keymap.
420 /*
421 * • Check boxes or Pointers
422 *
423 * You can have these symbols (checkboxes): ☐ ☒ ☑ 🗹
424 * or these (pointers): ⮘ ⮙ ⮚ ⮛
425 */
426//#define POINT_ON_CHECKBOXES // _Activate_ to get arrows, _remove_ to get checkboxes on _DRA layer.
427 /*
428 * • Switch _ACC/_BON and *left* side _NSY/_DRA hold keys
429 *
430 * If you type a lot of _ACC layer (accented keys), and not much _DRA layer, you might like to
431 * switch the _ACC hold key, and the left side _NSY key, if you find it awkward to reach to the
432 * left with your thumb. These two keys are next to each other. Only the Base layer is affected.
433 */
434//#define SWITCH_HOLD_ACC_NSY // _Activate_ to switch the *left* _NSY and _ACC layer hold keys, on Base layer.
435 /*
436 * • Switch _PAD and _MOV on Left Shift toggle
437 *
438 * Recommended if you use _MOV more than _PAD
439 */
440//#define SWITCH_LSHIFT_PAD_MOV // _Activate_ to make _MOV layer be on the fast tap, and _PAD on a short hold toggle
441 /*
442 * • Switch _FUN and _RAR on Right Shift toggle
443 *
444 * Recommended if you use _RAR more than _FUN
445 */
446//#define SWITCH_RSHIFT_FUN_RAR // _Activate_ to make _RAR layer be on the fast tap, and _FUN on a short hold toggle
447
448
449 /* -11- ➡ Eviscerations ( ② / ② ) ⬅
450 */
451 /* • Removing the numbers pad _PAD layer
452 *
453 * You may have no use for this common layer, if you have a numerical keypad on the Alternate Base already.
454 *
455 * ⚠ Note: ./base_numpad.h can overrides this setting, if compiled with that ‛Base layers’.
456 */
457//#define REMOVE_PAD // _Activate_ to strip out the _PAD layer, _remove_ to have the _PAD layer.
458 //
459 /* • Removing one or more of the Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA or_BON
460 */
461 /* Removes the _ACC layer, optionally redirect its key. This can save some 750 bytes.
462 */
463//#define REMOVE_ACC // _Activate_ to strip out the _ACC layer, _remove_ to have the _ACC layer.
464 /* Unless REMOVE_ACC is _active_, the next defines which redirect the _ACC key(s) are ignored. */
465//#define _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER _BON // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _ACC, go to _BON instead.
466//#define _ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER _DRA // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _ACC, go to _DRA instead.
467 /*
468 *
469 * Removes the _DRA layer, optionally redirect its key. Also saves some 750 bytes.
470 */
471//#define REMOVE_DRA // _Activate_ to strip out the _DRA layer, _remove_ to have the _DRA layer.
472 /* Unless REMOVE_DRA is _active_, the next defines which redirect the _DRA key(s) are ignored. */
473//#define _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER _ACC // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _ACC, go to _ACC instead.
474//#define _DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER _BON // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _ACC, go to _BON instead.
475 /*
476 *
477 * Removes the _BON layer, optionally redirect its key. Also saves some 750 bytes.
478 */
479//#define REMOVE_BON // _Activate_ to strip out the _BON layer, _remove_ to have the _BON layer.
480 /* Unless REMOVE_BON is _active_, the next defines which redirect the _BON key(s) are ignored. */
481//#define _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER _ACC // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _BON, go to _ACC instead.
482//#define _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER _DRA // _Activate_ to make the key(s) that normally goes to _BON, go to _DRA instead.
483 /*
484 *
485 * • Removing groups of characters
486 */
487 /*
488 * The below cut out an amount of symbols on a given layer, to simplify and/or reduce firmware size a little.
489 */
490//#define ALL_DRA_BON_EVISCERATIONS // _Activate_ this to _remove_ the below all at once. (Seems to save only ±114 bytes)
491 //
492 #define BOX_DRAWINGS // _Activate_ to get box drawings on _BON. Horizontal lines (━─┄┅) on _DRA are not affected.
493 // Affected on rows 2 and 3: ┣┫┏┗┃┇┛┓
494 // Full, 3rd row, boxdr.: Ctrl ① ⬅ ② ⬇ ③ ➡ ④ ┏ ⑤ ┓ ⑥ ┃ ⑦ ┇ ⑧ ╋ ⑨ ⓪ ∞ —
495 // Full, 2nd row, boxdr.: LSht ‹ › ÷ ☞ ┗ ≠ ┛ ✗ ┣ ✓ ┫ ⚠ « » RSht
496 //
497 // 3rd row, no boxdrawing: Ctrl ① ⬅ ② ⬇ ③ ➡ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⓪ ∞ —
498 // 2nd row, no boxdrawing: LSht ‹ › ÷ ☞ ≠ ✗ ✓ ⚠ « » RSht
499 //
500 #define SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS // _Activate_ to get subscript numbers (₁₂₃…₀) on _DRA.
501 // Affected on row 3: ₁₂₃₄₅₆₇₈₉₀
502 // Thinned out 3rd row: xxx ¹ ² ³ ⁴ ⁵ ⁶ ⁷ ⁸ ⁹ ⁰ xxx
503 // Full 3rd row: xxx ¹₁ ²₂ ³₃ ⁴₄ ⁵₅ ⁶₆ ⁷₇ ⁸₈ ⁹₉ ⁰₀ xxx
504 //
505 #define FULL_DRA_2NDROW // _Activate_ to have symbols on all unshifted + shifted positions on _DRA, 2nd row.
506 // Affected: 「 」 〇 § · 🗹 《 》
507 // Full 2nd row: LSht 「━ 」─ °〇 •§ …· ☐ ☒ ☑ 🗹 ¿¡ 《┄ 》┅ Rsht
508 // Thinned out 2nd row: LSht ━ ─ ° • … ☐ ☑ ☑ ¿¡ ┄ ┅ RSht
509 //
510 #define FULL_DRA_4THROW // _Activate_ to have symbols on all unshifted + shifted positions on _DRA, 4th row.
511 // Affected 4th row: „ ≤ ≥ ∅ ¢ ƒ ❦ 🙂 🙁 👍 👎 ⁽ ₍ ⁾ ₎
512 // Full 4th row: BASE “„ ”≤ £≥ ∅ ¢ ±ƒ ❦ ♥ 🙂🙁 👍👎 ⁽₍ ⁾₎ Bkspc
513 // Thinned out 4th row: BASE “ ” £ ± ♥ Bkspc
514 //
515 #define FULL_BON_4THROW // _Activate_ to have symbols on all unshifted + shifted positions on _BON, 4th row.
516 // Affected 4th row: 🛠 ¤ ∑ ‱ ٭ 😊 ⍨ ⃰ ⁻ ⁺ 🄯 ©
517 // Full 4th row: BASE ‛🛠 ’⬆ ¤ 🄯 ∑ © ‰‱ ★٭ 😊⍨ × ⃰ √ ⁻⁺ Bkspc
518 // Thinned out 4th row: BASE ‛ ’⬆ ‰ ★ × Bkspc
519 //
520
521
522 /* -12- ➡ Leds ⬅
523 *
524 * Leds off for the Default Base Layer.
525 * Implies: no indication on Default Base for: Caps-lock, typing speed, typing amount done of a limit.
526 * Speed / typing amount will be visible by going to another layer.
527 */
528//#define LEDS_OFF_BASE_DEF // _Activate_ to make leds dark when in ‛Default Base’ layer.
529
530// ------------------------------------- ⬆ --------------------------------------
531// Below here no more comfortable configuration options.....
532// There may be configuration options in the layout ./bases_....h file you chose.
533// ------------------------------------- ⬆ --------------------------------------
534
535#else // (ignore this)
536# include "./minifan_config_compact.h"
537#endif // MINIFAN_CONFIG_COMPACT
538
539
540// ------------------------------------- ⬇ --------------------------------------
541// Base layer headers
542// ------------------------------------- ⬇ --------------------------------------
543
544// * Numpad *
545# if defined(BASE_NUMPAD__ALT_BASE)
546# include "./base_numpad.h" // Numbers pad header
547# endif
548// * Qwerty Base Arrow *
549# if defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_QWERTY_BASEARROW__ALT_BASE)
550# include "./base_qwerty_basearrow.h" // Your Keymap header/configuration file.
551# endif
552
553// // ⬇ insert your ./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h #include here:
554
555// * YOUR KEYMAP *
556// # if defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__DEF_BASE) || defined(BASE_YOUR_KEYMAP__ALT_BASE)
557// # include "./base_YOUR_KEYMAP.h" // Your Keymap header/configuration file.
558// # endif
559
560// // ⬆
561
562// ------------------------------------- ⬆ --------------------------------------
563// Base layer headers are best #included here, so the preprocessor statements
564// following the user configuration block can pick up on anything that was set.
565//
566// Example: base_numpad.h _activate_ ‛REMOVE_PAD’. Based upon that, the preprocessor
567// constant ‛_PAD’ is changed into ‛_FUN’ in the below statements.
568// ------------------------------------- ⬆ --------------------------------------
569
570
571
572// The below sets some things up based on the above #defines.
573
574// This is sort of a hack. It re-defines _ALT_BASE and _ALT_NSY to point to the same
575// layer as _DEF_BASE and _DEF_NSY, because there are quite a few references to the
576// former and putting #if then around each one complicated the code even more. If needed,
577// it can be changed later. This option already reduces firmware size, so we should be
578// well below the maximum.
579# ifdef MINIFAN_SINGLE_LAYOUT
580# define _ALT_BASE _DEF_BASE
581# define _ALT_NSY _DEF_NSY
582# endif
583
584// This triggers the compilation of special _HALF_ descramble mode, where you access
585// the Unicode layers without passing them through the descramble system (middle led
586// lit on _RAR_ when cycling through the base layers with ‛Other Base’ key).
587# ifdef BASE_DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE__ALT_BASE
588# define DVORAK_DESCRAMBLE_HALF
589# endif
590
591// Prevent likely erroneous configuration. If no 'Arrow' hardware layout, then not patching in an arrow cluster.
592# if !defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW) && defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER)
593# undef MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER
594# endif
595
596# if !defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW) && defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION)
597# undef MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION
598# endif
599# if !defined(MOREKEY2_ARROW_CLUSTER) && defined(MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION)
600# undef MOREKEY2_ADD_NAVIGATION // Only navigation keys, when the are arrows defined.
601# endif
602
603// When choosing 'triangle' arrows, then they go left. Not 'triangle' arrows, than right.
604# ifdef ARROWS_TRIANGLE
605 /* _Activate_ below line to put the arrows on the left, comment out to have arrows right. */
606# define ARROWS_LEFT // Implies mouse is right
607# endif
608
609
610// Set up user GUI choice:
611# ifndef SWITCH_GUIS
612# define KC__XGUI KC_LGUI // Name logic is alphabetic order left to right …X (…) …Y in layout definitions..
613# define KC__YGUI KC_RGUI // .. meaning KC__XGUI is left on the keymap, KC__YGUI is right.
614# endif
615
616# ifdef SWITCH_GUIS
617# define KC__XGUI KC_RGUI
618# define KC__YGUI KC_LGUI
619# endif
620
621
622// Define the layout macro for the amount of hardware keys.
623// These for Minivan are defined up in the code tree.
624# if !defined(MORE_KEY__COMMAND) && !defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW)
625# define LAYOUT_redefined LAYOUT // Default (8 keys on 1st row)
626# endif
627
628# if !defined(MORE_KEY__COMMAND) && defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW)
629# define LAYOUT_redefined LAYOUT_arrow // Additional key 1st row on the right. 'Arrow'
630# endif
631
632# if defined(MORE_KEY__COMMAND) && !defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW)
633# define LAYOUT_redefined LAYOUT_command // Additional key 1st row on the left. 'Command'
634# endif
635
636# if defined(MORE_KEY__COMMAND) && defined(MORE_KEY__ARROW)
637# define LAYOUT_redefined LAYOUT_arrow_command // Additional keys 1st row both left and right. 'Arrow' + 'Command'
638# endif
639
640# ifdef TRANSMINIVAN_LAYOUT
641# undef LAYOUT_redefined
642# define LAYOUT_redefined TRANSMINIVAN_LAYOUT
643# endif
644
645
646// Process user config setting for speed measuring
647# ifdef STARTUP_SPEED
648# define SPEED_INIT_VALUE TRUE
649# else
650# define SPEED_INIT_VALUE FALSE
651# endif
652// Process user config setting for text size measuring
653# ifdef STARTUP_COUNT
654# define COUNT_INIT_VALUE TRUE
655# else
656# define COUNT_INIT_VALUE FALSE
657# endif
658
659
660// Get all key reductions at once
661# ifdef ALL_DRA_BON_EVISCERATIONS
662# ifdef BOX_DRAWINGS
663# undef BOX_DRAWINGS
664# endif
665
666# ifdef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
667# undef SUB_SCRIPT_NUMS
668# endif
669
670# ifdef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
671# undef FULL_DRA_2NDROW
672# endif
673
674# ifdef FULL_DRA_4THROW
675# undef FULL_DRA_4THROW
676# endif
677
678# ifdef FULL_BON_4THROW
679# undef FULL_BON_4THROW
680# endif
681# endif
682
683// This resolves compiling “TO (_BON)” on the _FUN layer.
684# ifdef REMOVE_BON
685# undef _BON
686# ifdef _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER
687# define _BON _BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER // To what user wants
688# else
689# define _BON _FUN // void behavior
690# endif
691# endif
692
693// This resolves compiling “TO (_PAD)” on the _FUN layer.
694# ifdef REMOVE_PAD
695# undef _PAD
696# define _PAD _FUN // void behavior
697# endif
698
699// If the _ACC layer hold key has no function anymore because the layers _ACC and _BON to which it
700// switches have been removed, and no alternative use been set, that key reverts to being KC_DEL,
701// and the whole macro CHOLTAP_ACCE it normally activates gets cut.
702# if defined(REMOVE_ACC) \
703 && !defined(_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER) \
704 && defined(REMOVE_BON) \
705 && !defined(_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER)
706# define CHOLTAP_ACCE KC_DEL // replaces in the keymap
707# define CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP // cuts CHOLTAP_ACCE out of macros
708# endif
709
710// Here all Unicode layers _ACC, _DRA and _BON have been removed, and none of their key(s) has
711// been re-assigned to a useful purpose. That makes that whole system redundant, so it is simplified.
712# if defined(REMOVE_ACC) \
713 && !defined(_ACC_KEY_ALT_LAYER) \
714 && defined(REMOVE_DRA) \
715 && !defined(_DRA_KEY_ALT_LAYER) \
716 && defined(REMOVE_BON) \
717 && !defined(_BON_KEY_ALT_LAYER)
718# define CHOLTAP_ACCE KC_DEL // replaces in the keymap
719# define CHOLTAP_ACCE_NOP // cuts CHOLTAP_ACCE out of macros
720# define DUO_HOLD_BASIC // cuts out the long DUO_HOLD macro, replaces it with a simple 'descramble'-aware hold(_NSY/_DDN)
721# endif
generated by cgit v1.2.3 (git 2.25.1) at 2025-12-03 18:11:24 +0000